Document


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018
Commission file number 1-15983
______________________________
MERITOR, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Indiana
 
38-3354643
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
identification no)
 
 
 
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan
 
48084-7186
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (248) 435-1000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 Par Value
 
New York Stock Exchange
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [ X ]       No [  ]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [    ]       No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
     Yes [ X ]      No [    ]
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
     Yes [ X ]       No [    ]
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
ý
 
Accelerated filer
¨
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
¨
 
Smaller reporting company
¨
 
 
 
 
 
Emerging growth company
¨
 
 
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes [    ]       No [ X ]
     The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on March 31, 2018 (the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $1,766,433,323
84,876,805 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $1 per share, were outstanding on November 14, 2018.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     Certain information contained in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the registrant to be held on January 24, 2019 is incorporated by reference into Part III.




 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

ii



PART I
Item 1. Business.
 
Overview
 
Meritor, Inc. ("we", "us" or "our"), headquartered in Troy, Michigan, is a premier global supplier of a broad range of integrated systems, modules and components to original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and the aftermarket for the commercial vehicle, transportation and industrial sectors. We serve commercial truck, trailer, military, bus and coach, construction, and other industrial OEMs and certain aftermarkets. Our principal products are axles, undercarriages, drivelines and brakes.
 
Meritor was incorporated in Indiana in 2000 in connection with the merger of Meritor Automotive, Inc. and Arvin Industries, Inc. As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms "company," "Meritor," "we," "us" and "our" include Meritor, its consolidated subsidiaries and its predecessors unless the context indicates otherwise.
 
Meritor serves a broad range of customers worldwide, including medium- and heavy-duty truck OEMs, specialty vehicle manufacturers, certain aftermarkets, and trailer producers. Our total sales from continuing operations in fiscal year 2018 were approximately $4.2 billion. Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 75 percent of fiscal year 2018 sales from continuing operations. Sales from operations outside North America accounted for approximately 38 percent of total sales from continuing operations in fiscal year 2018. Our continuing operations also participated in four unconsolidated joint ventures, which we accounted for under the equity method of accounting and that generated revenues of approximately $1.1 billion in fiscal year 2018.
 
Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest to September 30. Fiscal year 2018 ended on September 30, 2018, fiscal year 2017 ended on October 1, 2017, and fiscal year 2016 ended on October 2, 2016. All year and quarter references relate to our fiscal year and fiscal quarters unless otherwise stated. For ease of presentation, September 30 is utilized consistently throughout this report to represent the fiscal year end.
 
Whenever an item in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to information under specific captions in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations or Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, the information is incorporated in that item by reference.
 
References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to our belief that we are a leading supplier or the world's leading supplier, and other similar statements as to our relative market position are based principally on calculations we have made. These calculations are based on information we have collected, including company and industry sales data obtained from internal and available external sources as well as our estimates. In addition to such quantitative data, our statements are based on other competitive factors such as our technological capabilities, engineering, research and development efforts, innovative solutions and the quality of our products and services, in each case relative to that of our competitors in the markets we address.

Our Business
 
Our reporting segments are as follows:
The Commercial Truck & Trailer segment supplies drivetrain systems and components, including axles, drivelines and braking and suspension systems, primarily for medium- and heavy-duty trucks and other applications in North America, South America, Europe and Asia Pacific. It also supplies a variety of undercarriage products and systems for trailer applications in North America. This segment also includes the company's aftermarket businesses in Asia Pacific and South America.
The Aftermarket & Industrial segment supplies axles, brakes, drivelines, suspension parts and other replacement parts to commercial vehicle and industrial aftermarket customers, primarily in North America and Europe. In addition, this segment supplies drivetrain systems and certain components, including axles, drivelines, brakes and suspension systems for military, construction, bus and coach, fire and emergency and other applications in North America and Europe.

Business Strategies
 
We are currently a premier global supplier of a broad range of integrated systems, modules and components to OEMs and the aftermarket for the commercial vehicle, transportation and industrial sectors, and we believe we have market-leading positions in many of the markets we serve. We are working to enhance our leadership positions and capitalize on our existing customer, product and geographic strengths.    For additional market related discussion, see the Trends and Uncertainties section in Item 7.

1



Our business continues to address a number of challenging industry-wide issues including the following:
Uncertainty around the global market outlook;
Volatility in price and availability of steel, components and other commodities;
Potential for disruptions in the financial markets and their impact on the availability and cost of credit;
Volatile energy and transportation costs;
Impact of currency exchange rate volatility; and
Consolidation and globalization of OEMs and their suppliers.

Other
 
Other significant factors that could affect our results and liquidity include:
Significant contract awards or losses of existing contracts or failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract renewals;
Ability to successfully launch a significant number of new products, including potential product quality issues, and obtain new business;
Ability to manage possible adverse effects on our European operations, or financing arrangements related thereto, following the United Kingdom's decision to exit the European Union, or in the event one or more other countries exit the European monetary union;
Ability to further implement planned productivity, cost reduction, and other margin improvement initiatives;
Ability to successfully execute and implement strategic initiatives;
Ability to work with our customers to manage rapidly changing production volumes;
Ability to recover, and timing of recovery of, steel price and other cost increases from our customers;
Any unplanned extended shutdowns or production interruptions by us, our customers or our suppliers;
A significant deterioration or slowdown in economic activity in the key markets in which we operate;
Competitively driven price reductions to our customers;
Potential price increases from our suppliers;
Additional restructuring actions and the timing and recognition of restructuring charges, including any actions associated with prolonged softness in markets in which we operate;
Higher-than-planned warranty expenses, including the outcome of known or potential recall campaigns;
Uncertainties of asbestos claim, environmental and other legal proceedings, the long-term solvency of our insurance carriers, and the potential for higher-than-anticipated costs resulting from environmental liabilities, including those related to site remediation;
Significant pension costs; and
Restrictive government actions (such as restrictions on transfer of funds and trade protection measures, including import and export duties, quotas and customs duties and tariffs).

Our specific business strategies are influenced by these industry factors and global trends and are focused on leveraging our resources to continue to develop and produce competitive product offerings. We believe the following strategies will allow us to maintain a balanced portfolio of commercial truck, industrial and aftermarket businesses covering key global markets. See Item 1A. Risk Factors below for information on certain risks that could have an impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the future.


2



M2019 Growth-Focused Plan

As we look forward to completing the last year of our M2019 plan, we made significant progress in fiscal year 2018 toward our objectives. The financial targets we set for this plan are the following:

Grow revenue at 20 percent cumulatively above market levels, measured from the end of fiscal year 2015
Increase adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations by $1.25, measured from fiscal year 2015
Reduce the ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA to less than 1.5

(see Non-GAAP Financial Measures in Item 7)

To achieve these targets, we remain focused on three main priorities:

Exceeding customer expectations
Transforming to a growth-oriented organization
Continuing to invest in employees

Exceed Customer Expectations

For more than 100 years, our products have evolved to meet the changing needs of our customers in major regions of the world. As technology has advanced, we have designed products that are more fuel efficient, lighter weight, safer, more durable and more reliable. The Meritor brand is well established globally and reflects a broad and growing portfolio of high-quality products for various applications.

Over the past years, we worked hard to become an innovation partner to our customers. From concept to launch, we work closely together to ensure we are designing reliable and high quality products that meet or exceed their expectations now and in the future. In addition to technology and product collaboration, we also meet regularly with our customers to review our performance in a number of other areas including quality, delivery and cost.

In our M2019 plan, we set an overall quality target of 25 parts per million ("PPM"). We believe this will further differentiate us in the commercial vehicle industry. In fiscal year 2018, Daimler Trucks North America awarded four Meritor production sites with Masters of Quality Awards. An additional three facilities earned the PACCAR's 10 PPM Quality Award that is given to suppliers who meet or exceed its rigorous standard of 10 or fewer defective parts for every 1 million parts shipped to this customer.

We want to continue the excellent delivery performance we have demonstrated at greater than 99 percent. This year, we were proud to receive the 100 Percent Delivery Award from Hino Motors Manufacturing U.S.A., Inc. for perfect on-time delivery of dressed drive and steer axles. Meritor builds the drive and front steer axles for all of Hino's medium-duty conventional cab models in North America. On-time delivery is critical because axles are among the first parts placed on the manufacturer's truck assembly line.

In addition to recognition from our customers for outstanding quality and delivery, we also received a Gold Award from Ashok Leyland in India for new product development for the design of a unique slipper suspension for haulage trucks and assisting the truck manufacturer with the migration to a new emission standard. This new suspension has unique and patented design features that include a lighter-weight design compared to conventional suspensions, and offers a significant reduction in service time and maintenance costs with less tire wear due to more efficient axle alignment. And in Australia, we earned the Penske Supplier of the Year Award for outstanding sales, customer service and marketing support, and maintaining a consistently high fill rate of 95 percent. These recognitions reflect our focus on maintaining excellent customer relationships globally and will continue to be an area to which we devote significant attention.

We will maintain our focus on driving down operating costs through material cost-reduction and labor and burden improvements with a target achievement of 1.5 percent improvement per year. We are continuing to drive material performance with three different approaches: commercial negotiations, best-cost-country sourcing and technical innovation. And, we are improving in labor and burden by addressing several areas simultaneously including better equipment utilization, reduced changeover time, elimination of waste, improved shift and asset utilization, investing in equipment to improve cycle time and flexibility and employee involvement.


3



We believe we effectively manage complexity for low volumes and support our customers’ needs during periods of peak volumes. The quality, durability and on-time delivery of our products has earned us strong positions in the markets we support. As we seek to extend and expand our business with existing customers and establish relationships with new ones, our objective is to ensure we are getting a fair value for the recognized benefits of our products and services and the strong brand equity we hold in the marketplace.

Transform to a Growth-Oriented Organization
We know that despite changes and volatility in global market conditions, it is important that we generate profitable top-line growth. We have designed the M2019 plan to enable us to achieve the growth we are targeting while operating in a cyclical industry that can be greatly impacted by economic and political factors. We are increasing our market share with key customers, renewing long-term contracts and winning new business in all of our regions around the globe across both of our reportable segments.

We have increased the pace of product introduction, which is a key component to growing revenue. Prior to our M2016 plan, we launched approximately three major programs annually. We are developing these jointly with our customers for their future product programs, and we have line of sight to revenue streams for each of these products. In fiscal year 2018, we launched the following six products:

Optimized EX+ Air Disc Brake - Built to maximize productivity by reducing maintenance time and costs, the gear synchronized, twin-piston design delivers even force across the brake pads simultaneously resulting in better performance and uniform pad wear.

79000 Series Axle - Designed to help municipal transit fleets meet federal and industry durability guidelines. By more than tripling the durability of previous offerings, fleets may only need to replace the axle’s carrier once instead of multiple times during the vehicle’s service life in this heavy stop-and-go segment.

ZL50+ Loader Axle - Designed for the off-highway construction market in China, specifically for loaders.

MT-610 Hub Reduction Axle - DAF Trucks, subsidiary of PACCAR, has equipped its next-generation, heavy-duty lineup for European long-haul and off-road applications with a hub-reduction tandem axle developed by Meritor. Designed for extreme applications, the axle's fast ratios allow the engine to run at lower rpms, improving fuel efficiency for end-users.

DuaLite 156 Axle - Specifically produced for the China bus market with low noise and high efficiency design.

MTC-3203 Transfer Case - Designed for the medium-duty all-wheel drive market and launched with Navistar and Chevrolet.

We expect to continue to broaden our relationships with our global strategic customers, earn the business of new customers, increase aftermarket share in our core product areas, expand our components business by utilizing our time-proven core competencies of forging, machining and gear manufacturing, and enter near adjacent markets and products that we believe will be a good match with our core competencies.

AB Volvo is Meritor’s largest global customer with the majority of that business being in Europe. Last year, we extended our long-term agreement with Volvo for an additional three years to 2024. Under the terms of this agreement, Meritor will design and deliver a new family of heavy, single reduction rear axles for both Volvo and Renault brands. These newly designed products will feature fuel efficiency improvement, faster ratios and a higher gross combined weight rating to enable more payload per truck. We also support Volvo in Thailand and India.

During fiscal year 2018, we delivered strong operational execution, won new business and increased market share with key customers in major markets. Meritor was awarded important new contracts with customers globally including front and rear axles for MAN’s new delivery truck, axle business with Mercedes Benz and Iveco for school buses in South America, axle and suspension business with Tata, Kenworth and Ashok Leyland in Asia Pacific, and several new awards for Meritor’s hub reduction axle around the world. In our Defense business, we have a new contract with Mack Defense for a rear beam and front drive steer axle, as well as drivelines and transfer cases for approximately 700 trucks.

In the electric vehicle space, Meritor currently has 22 active programs across the globe on applications including school buses, yard tractors, medium duty trucks, urban buses and refuse trucks. In addition to supporting these programs with core Meritor content, including front and rear suspensions, wheel ends, drum and disc brakes and gearboxes, Meritor is also offering its

4



proprietary eAxle and other products now part of its portfolio as a result of our strategic alliance with TransPower. In fiscal year 2018, we earned new business in the electric space with customers including Daimler Trucks North America (DTNA) for its innovation fleet, and with Thomas Built Bus, a subsidiary of DTNA, Ashok Leyland, Kalmar and Peterbilt. For Peterbilt, we will supply all-electric drivetrain systems for two vehicle platforms that will include 12 all-electric Class 8 day cab tractors and three refuse trucks.

As we strive to grow our aftermarket business, we took various actions this year to better serve our customers, including launching the North America Authorized Rebuilder Program for drive axle carriers, including our 145, 14X TM and 160 products. We are partnering with exceptional rebuilders that share our commitment to helping fleets maximize uptime with coast-to-coast, 24-hour guaranteed delivery of highly reliable, rebuilt carriers which meet original performance specifications, Also this year, we launched a comprehensive portfolio of products designed to deliver the right parts, performance and price for each life stage of trucks, trailers and buses. As an example, the MachTM parts brand is designed for customers seeking high-value, delivering quality all-makes parts that improve uptime at affordable prices, while the Meritor® and Euclid® brands offer top-quality aftermarket parts at more affordable prices. Meritor Genuine brand is designed for newer vehicles still under warranty or for customers who want to maintain original performance and maximize uptime with OEM production parts. Meritor is one of the few suppliers that manufactures or approves for sale lifecycle aftermarket parts that include support and availability.

While we are planning for the majority of Meritor's growth to be organic, we anticipate allocating capital for targeted acquisitions that could be an accelerant in our growth trajectory. To that end, this year we acquired substantially all of the assets of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc. and its subsidiaries. This transaction provides our components business with a suite of process engineering and production capabilities for gear and shaft components that will enable us to offer new products and applications. In August, we announced a new five-year contract for a near-net forged part in which Meritor will produce more than three million pieces. Start of production is 2020.

As industry trends continue to drive the need for equipment that complies with environmental and safety-related regulatory provisions, OEMs select suppliers based not only on the cost and quality of their products, but also on their ability to meet stringent environmental and safety requirements and to service and support the customer after the sale. We use our technological and market expertise to develop and engineer products that address mobility, safety, regulatory and environmental concerns.

Our commitment to designing and manufacturing braking solutions for the commercial vehicle market has resulted in more commercial vehicles in North America having Meritor brakes than any other brake manufacturer. We believe Meritor’s EX+ air disc brakes are among the highest performing brakes in the marketplace. In Europe, a region where air disc brakes are much more widely adopted, we have sold more than 6 million ELSA air disc brakes - a testament to the quality, reliability and performance of this brake platform.

We believe the quality of our core product lines, our ability to service our products through our aftermarket capabilities, and our sales and service support teams give us a competitive advantage. An important element of being a preferred supplier is the ability to deliver service through the entire life cycle of the product. Also, as our industry becomes more international, our manufacturing footprint around the world and our ability to supply customers with regionally-tailored product solutions are competencies of increasing importance.

Invest in Employees

The safety of our employees is our top priority. Total case rate is a measure of recordable workplace injuries normalized per 100 employees per year. Our target for M2019 is to achieve a rate of less than 0.65. In fiscal year 2018, we achieved an overall case rate of 0.72 injuries per 200,000 hours. Our safety rate in fiscal year 2018 was slightly unfavorable to fiscal year 2017. This was due in large part to the 15-percent increase in hours worked in our manufacturing facilities this year due to peak markets in North America and high production demand globally. Even with the significant increase in hours, sixteen of our 40 measured facilities had no recordable incidents in the entire fiscal year. We attribute this to the diligence of our employees and the safety programs and equipment we have instituted throughout our global operations to protect them. In an effort to continually improve our safety rate, we will maintain our diligence through training and education of our employees, reducing certain behaviors that are known to create safety issues and continue to maximize risk identification and hazard assessment.

We will also continue to drive the close alignment of our global Meritor team to M2019. Such alignment was a key driver of the success we experienced in our previous M2016 strategic plan. We believe that our strength to compete in the global market is dependent upon the engagement of every Meritor employee and that a high-performing team is critical to the level of performance we want to achieve. We have a strong and experienced leadership group and a committed team, both of which are focused on sustaining the strong foundation we built in M2016 and delivering on our M2019 performance objectives. We will also continue to diversify our workforce because we recognize the value of different opinions and backgrounds in a company as global as Meritor.

5




We have established various development and training programs to help our employees grow as we grow. This year, we continued the leadership development programs for managers, directors and senior leaders around the world. For managers, we offered eLearning modules and courses that address important areas for advancement including accountability, delegation, and providing and receiving feedback. For certain director-level employees, we led our second annual Leadership Edge - a 10-month program whose objective is to develop advanced leadership skills, prepare high-potential leaders for senior level positions and strengthen business acumen. And for certain senior-level leaders, we continued the Summit, which provides executive coaching, the opportunity to attend specific executive training sessions tailored to each individual’s background and career goals, participation in a MBA-level finance course, if needed, and engagement in mentorship opportunities with a member of Meritor’s Board of Directors. To ensure we provide a rich experience for our employees, we will continue to measure employee engagement to build on the competencies that are important to our future.

Products
 
Meritor designs, develops, manufactures, markets, distributes, sells, services and supports a broad range of products for use in the transportation and industrial sectors. In addition to sales of original equipment systems and components, we provide our original equipment, aftermarket and remanufactured products to vehicle OEMs, their dealers (who in turn sell to motor carriers and commercial vehicle users of all sizes), independent distributors, and other end-users in certain aftermarkets.

The following chart sets forth, for each of the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, information about product sales comprising more than 10% of consolidated revenue in any of those years. A narrative description of our principal products follows the chart.
 
Product Sales:
 
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Axles, Undercarriage and Drivelines
74
%
 
73
%
 
73
%
Brakes and Brake-Related Components
24
%
 
25
%
 
25
%
Other
2
%
 
2
%
 
2
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 

Axles, Undercarriage & Drivelines
 
We believe we are one of the world's leading independent suppliers of axles for medium- and heavy-duty commercial vehicles, with the leading market position in axle manufacturing in North America, South America and Europe, and are one of the major axle manufacturers in the Asia-Pacific region. Our extensive truck axle product line includes a wide range of front steer axles and rear drive axles. Our front steer and rear drive axles can be equipped with our cam, wedge or air disc brakes, automatic slack adjusters, and complete wheel-end equipment such as hubs, rotors and drums.

We supply heavy-duty axles in certain global regions for use in numerous off-highway vehicle applications, including construction, material handling, and mining. We also supply axles for use in military tactical wheeled vehicles, principally in North America. These products are designed to tolerate high tonnage and operate under extreme conditions. In addition, we have other off-highway vehicle products that are currently in development for certain other regions. We also supply axles for use in buses, coaches and recreational vehicles, fire trucks and other specialty vehicles in North America, Asia Pacific and Europe, and we believe we are a leading supplier of bus and coach axles in North America.
 
We are one of the major manufacturers of heavy-duty trailer axles in North America. Our trailer axles are available in more than 40 models in capacities from 20,000 to 30,000 pounds for virtually all heavy trailer applications and are available with our broad range of suspension modules and brake products, including drum brakes and disc brakes.
 
We supply universal joints and driveline components, including our Permalube™ universal joint and RPL Permalube™ driveline, which are maintenance free, permanently lubricated designs used often in the high mileage on-highway market. We supply drivelines in North America for use in numerous on-highway vehicle applications. We supply transfer cases and drivelines for use in military tactical wheeled vehicles, principally in North America. We also supply transfer cases for use in specialty vehicles in North America. In addition, we supply trailer air suspension systems and products with an increasing market presence

6



in North America. We also supply advanced suspension modules for use in light-, medium- and heavy-duty military tactical wheeled vehicles, principally in North America.
 
Brakes and Brake-Related Components
 
We believe we are one of the leading independent suppliers of air brakes to medium- and heavy-duty commercial vehicle manufacturers in North America and Europe. In Brazil, we believe that Master Sistemas Automotivos Limitada, our 49%-owned joint venture with Randon S. A. Implementos e Participações, is a leading supplier of brakes and brake-related products.

Through manufacturing facilities located in North America, Asia Pacific and Europe, we manufacture a broad range of foundation air brakes, as well as automatic slack adjusters for brake systems. Our foundation air brake products include cam drum brakes, which offer improved lining life and tractor/trailer interchangeability; wedge drum brakes, which are lightweight and provide automatic internal wear adjustment; air disc brakes, which provide enhanced stopping distance and improved fade resistance for demanding applications; and wheel-end components such as hubs, drums and rotors.
 
Our brakes and brake system components also are used in military tactical wheeled vehicles, principally in North America. We also supply brakes for use in buses, coaches and recreational vehicles, fire trucks and other specialty vehicles in North America and Europe, and we believe we are the leading supplier of bus and coach brakes in North America. We also supply brakes for commercial vehicles, buses and coaches in Asia Pacific.

Other Products
 
In addition to the products discussed above, we sell other complementary products, including third-party and private label items, through our aftermarket distribution channels. These products are generally sold under master distribution or similar agreements with outside vendors and include brake shoes and friction materials; automatic slack adjusters; yokes and shafts; wheel-end hubs and drums; ABS and stability control systems; shock absorbers and air springs; and air brakes.

Customers; Sales and Marketing
 
We have numerous customers worldwide and have developed long-standing business relationships with many of these customers. Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 75 percent of our total sales in fiscal year 2018. Sales to our largest three customers, AB Volvo, Daimler AG and PACCAR, represented approximately 23 percent, 17 percent and 12 percent, respectively, of our sales in fiscal year 2018. No other customer accounted for 10 percent or more of our total sales in fiscal year 2018.

Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs)
 
In North America, we design, engineer, market and sell products principally to OEMs, dealers and distributors. While our North American sales are typically direct to OEMs, our ultimate commercial truck customers include trucking and transportation fleets. Fleet customers may specify our components and integrated systems for installation in the vehicles they purchase from OEMs. We employ what we refer to as a "push-pull" marketing strategy. We "push" for being the standard product at the OEM. At the same time, our district field managers then call on fleets and OEM dealers to "pull-through" our components on specific truck purchases. For all other markets, we specifically design, engineer, market and sell products principally to OEMs for their market-specific needs or product specifications.
 
For certain large OEM customers, our supply arrangements are negotiated on a long-term contract basis for a multi-year period that may require us to provide annual cost reductions through price reductions or other cost benefits for the OEMs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cost savings in the future to offset such price reductions, our gross margins will be adversely affected. Sales to other OEMs are typically made through open order releases or purchase orders at market-based prices that do not require the purchase of a minimum number of products. The customer typically has the right to cancel or delay these orders on reasonable notice. We typically compete to either retain business or try to win new business from OEMs when long-term contracts expire.
 
We have established leading positions in many of the markets we serve as a global supplier of a broad range of drivetrain systems, brakes and components. Based on available industry data and internal company estimates, our market-leading positions include independent truck drive axles (i.e., those manufactured by an independent, non-captive supplier) in North America, Europe, South America and India through a joint venture; truck drivelines in North America; truck air brakes in North America and South America (through a joint venture); and military wheeled vehicle drivetrains, suspensions and brakes in North America.
 

7



Our global customer portfolio includes AB Volvo, Daimler AG, PACCAR, Navistar International Corporation, Oshkosh, MAN, CNH Industrial, Ashok Leyland, Scania, XCMG, Wabash National, Gillig and Ford.
 
Aftermarket
 
We market and sell truck, trailer, off-highway and other products principally to, and service such products principally for, OEMs, their parts marketing operations, their dealers and other independent distributors and service garages within the aftermarket industry. Our product sales are generated through long-term agreements with certain of our OEM customers and distribution agreements and sales to independent dealers and distributors. Sales to other OEMs are typically made through open order releases or purchase orders at market-based prices, which do not require the purchase of a minimum number of products. The customer typically has the right to cancel or delay these orders on reasonable notice.
 
Our product offerings allow us to service all stages of our customers’ vehicle ownership lifecycle. In North America, we stock and distribute thousands of parts from top national brands to our customers or what we refer to as our "all makes" strategy. Our district field managers call on our OEM's, OEM dealers, fleet customers and independent customers to market our full product line capabilities on a regular basis to seek to ensure that we satisfy our customers’ needs. Our aftermarket business sells products under the following brand names: Meritor, Euclid, Trucktechnic and Mach.
 
Based on available industry data and internal company estimates, we believe our North America aftermarket business has the overall market leadership position for the portfolio of products that we offer. 

Competition
 
We compete worldwide with a number of North American and international providers of components and systems, some of which are owned by or associated with some of our customers. The principal competitive factors are price, quality, service, product performance, design and engineering capabilities, new product innovation and timely delivery. Certain OEMs manufacture their own components that compete with the types of products we supply.
 
Our major competitors for axles are Dana Incorporated and, in certain markets, OEMs that manufacture axles for use in their own products. Emerging competitors for axles include DTNA’s Detroit Axle, ZF Friedrichshafen in Europe, and Hande, Fuwa and Ankai in China. Our major competitors for brakes are Bendix/Knorr Bremse, WABCO and, in certain markets, OEMs that manufacture brakes for use in their own products. Our major competitors for industrial applications are MAN, AxleTech International, Oshkosh, AM General, Marmon-Herrington, Dana Incorporated, Knorr Bremse, Kessler & Co., Carraro, NAF, Sisu and, in certain markets, OEMs that manufacture industrial products for use in their own vehicles. Our major competitors for trailer applications are Fuwa, Hendrickson and SAF-Holland.

Raw Materials and Suppliers
 
Our purchases of raw materials and parts are concentrated over a limited number of suppliers. We are dependent upon our suppliers' ability to meet cost performance targets, quality specifications and delivery schedules. The inability of a supplier to meet these requirements, the loss of a significant supplier, or work stoppages could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our customers' delivery requirements.

The cost of our core products is susceptible to changes in overall steel commodity prices, including ingredients used for various grades of steel. We have generally structured our major steel supplier and customer contracts to absorb and pass on normal index-related market fluctuations in steel prices. While we have had steel pricing adjustment programs in place with most major OEMs, the price adjustment programs tend to lag behind the movement in steel costs and have generally not contemplated non-steel index related increases.

Significant future volatility in the commodity markets or a deterioration in product demand may require us to pursue customer price increases through surcharges or other pricing arrangements. In addition, if suppliers are inadequate for our needs, or if prices remain at current levels or increase and we are unable to either pass these prices to our customer base or otherwise mitigate the costs, our operating results could be further adversely affected.

We continuously work to address these competitive challenges by reducing costs and, as needed, restructuring operations. We manage supplier risk by conducting periodic assessments for all major suppliers and more frequent rigorous assessments of high-risk suppliers. On an ongoing basis, we monitor third-party financial statements, conduct surveys through supplier questionnaires, and conduct site visits. We have developed a supplier improvement process where we identify and develop actions to address ongoing financial, quality and delivery issues to further mitigate potential risk. We are proactive in managing our supplier

8



relationships to avoid supply disruption. Our process employs dual sourcing and resourcing trigger points that cause us to take aggressive actions and then monitor the progress closely.

Acquisitions, Divestitures and Restructuring
 
As described above, our business strategies are focused on enhancing our market position by continuously evaluating the competitive differentiation of our product portfolio, focusing on our strengths and core competencies, and growing the businesses that offer the most attractive returns. Implementing these strategies involves various types of strategic initiatives.
 
As part of our M2019 plan, we are evaluating acquisition opportunities that fit strategically with our core competencies and growth initiatives and regularly review the prospects of our existing businesses to determine whether any of them should be modified, restructured, sold or otherwise discontinued. In fiscal year 2018, we completed a $6 million strategic investment in Transportation Power, Inc. ("TransPower") (see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below). In the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc. (see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below). In the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, we completed the sale of our equity interest in Meritor Huayang Vehicle Braking Company Ltd. (see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below). In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we closed on the sale of our interest in Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems to a subsidiary of our joint venture partner, WABCO Holdings Inc. (see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below). In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we also completed the acquisition of the product portfolio and related technologies of Fabco Holdings, Inc. (see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below).

Restructuring Actions

Segment Realignment Program: On March 12, 2018, we announced a realignment of operations to further drive long-term strategic objectives while also assigning new responsibilities as part of our commitment to leadership development. As a part of this program, we approved various labor restructuring actions in the Aftermarket & Industrial segment. We recorded $3 million of restructuring costs during fiscal year 2018 in connection with this program. These actions were substantially complete as of September 30, 2018.
Other Restructuring Actions: During fiscal year 2018, we recorded restructuring costs of $3 million primarily associated with labor reduction programs in the Commercial Truck & Trailer segment and Aftermarket & Industrial segment.
Fiscals 2017 & 2016 Aftermarket Actions: During the third quarter of fiscal year 2016, we approved various restructuring plans in the North American and European Aftermarket businesses. We recorded $5 million of restructuring costs during the third quarter of fiscal year 2016 and $4 million of restructuring costs during fiscal year 2017. Restructuring actions associated with these plans were substantially complete as of September 30, 2017.  
Fiscal 2016 Market Related Actions: In response to the decline in revenue in North America and South America, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we approved various headcount reduction plans targeting different areas of the business. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we incurred a total of $5 million in restructuring costs in the Commercial Truck & Trailer segment, $1 million in the Aftermarket & Industrial segment and $2 million related to their corporate locations. Restructuring actions associated with these plans were substantially complete as of September 30, 2017. 
Other Fiscal 2016 Actions: During the first half of fiscal year 2016, we recorded restructuring costs of $3 million primarily associated with a labor reduction program in China in the Commercial Truck & Trailer segment and a labor reduction program in the Aftermarket & Industrial segment. Restructuring actions associated with these plans were substantially complete as of September 30, 2016.

9




Joint Ventures
 
As the industries in which we operate have become more globalized, joint ventures and other cooperative arrangements have become an important element of our business strategies. These strategic alliances provide for sales, product design, development and manufacturing in certain product and geographic areas. As of September 30, 2018, our continuing operations participated in the following non-consolidated joint ventures:
 
 
Key Products
 
Country
Master Sistemas Automotivos Limitada
Braking systems
 
Brazil
Sistemas Automotrices de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Axles, drivelines and brakes
 
Mexico
Ege Fren Sanayii ve Ticaret A.S.
Braking systems
 
Turkey
Automotive Axles Limited
Rear drive axle assemblies and braking systems
 
India

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we closed on the sale of our interest in Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems to a subsidiary of our joint venture partner, WABCO Holdings Inc.

Aggregate sales of our non-consolidated joint ventures were $1,101 million, $1,156 million and $1,101 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, our consolidated financial statements include the financial position and operating results of those joint ventures in which we have control. For additional information on our unconsolidated joint ventures and percentage ownership thereof see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below. 

Research and Development
 
We have significant research, development, engineering and product design capabilities. We spent $73 million in fiscal year 2018, $69 million in fiscal year 2017 and $68 million in fiscal year 2016 on company-sponsored research, development and engineering. We employ professional engineers and scientists globally and have additional engineering capabilities through contract arrangements in low-cost countries. We also have advanced technical centers in North America, South America, Europe and Asia Pacific (primarily in India and China).

Patents and Trademarks
 
We own or license many United States and foreign patents and patent applications in our engineering and manufacturing operations and other activities. While in the aggregate these patents and licenses are considered important to the operation of our businesses, management does not believe that the loss or termination of any one of them would materially affect a business segment or Meritor as a whole.
 
Our registered trademarks for Meritor® and the Bull design are important to our business. Other significant trademarks owned by us include Euclid® and Trucktechnic® for aftermarket products.
 
Substantially all of our U.S.-held intellectual property rights are subject to a first-priority perfected security interest securing our obligations to the lenders under our credit facility. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below. 

Employees
 
At September 30, 2018, we had approximately 8,600 full-time employees (which includes consolidated joint ventures). At that date, 23 employees in the United States were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Most of our facilities outside of the United States and Canada are unionized. We strive to foster and maintain positive relationships with our hourly and salaried employees. 

10




Environmental Matters
 
Federal, state and local requirements relating to the discharge of substances into the environment, the disposal of hazardous wastes and other activities affecting the environment have, and will continue to have, an impact on our operations. We record liabilities for environmental issues in the accounting period in which they are considered to be probable and the cost can be reasonably estimated. At environmental sites in which more than one potentially responsible party has been identified, we record a liability for our allocable share of costs related to our involvement with the site, as well as an allocable share of costs related to insolvent parties or unidentified shares. At environmental sites in which we are the only potentially responsible party, we record a liability for the total estimated costs of remediation before consideration of recovery from insurers or other third parties.
 
We have been designated as a potentially responsible party at ten Superfund sites, excluding sites as to which our records disclose no involvement or as to which our liability has been finally determined. These sites include a location in Grenada, Mississippi that was designated as a Superfund site by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in September of 2018. In addition to Superfund sites, various other lawsuits, claims and proceedings have been asserted against us, alleging violations of federal, state and local environmental protection requirements or seeking remediation of alleged environmental impairments, principally at previously disposed-of properties. We have established reserves for these liabilities when they are considered to be probable and reasonably estimable. See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below for information as to our estimates of the total reasonably possible costs we could incur and the amounts recorded as a liability as of September 30, 2018, and as to changes in environmental accruals during fiscal year 2018.
 
The process of estimating environmental liabilities is complex and dependent on physical and scientific data at the site, uncertainties as to remedies and technologies to be used, and the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies. The actual amount of costs or damages for which we may be held responsible could materially exceed our current estimates because of uncertainties, including the financial condition of other potentially responsible parties, the success of the remediation and other factors that make it difficult to predict actual costs accurately. However, based on management's assessment, after consulting with Meritor's Chief Legal Officer and with outside advisors who specialize in environmental matters, and subject to the difficulties inherent in estimating these future costs, we believe that our expenditures for environmental capital investment and remediation necessary to comply with present regulations governing environmental protection and other expenditures for the resolution of environmental claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, in future periods, new laws and regulations, changes in remediation plans, advances in technology and additional information about the ultimate clean-up remedy could significantly change our estimates. Management cannot assess the possible effect of compliance with future requirements.

Seasonality; Cyclicality
 
We may experience seasonal variations in the demand for our products, to the extent OEM vehicle production fluctuates. Historically, for most of our operations, demand has been somewhat lower in the quarters ended September 30 and December 31, when OEM plants may close for summer shutdowns and holiday periods or when there are fewer selling days during the quarter. Our aftermarket business and our operations in India and China generally experience seasonally higher demand in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30.
 
In addition, the industries in which we operate have been characterized historically by periodic fluctuations in overall demand for trucks, trailers and other specialty vehicles for which we supply products, resulting in corresponding fluctuations in demand for our products. Production and sales of the vehicles for which we supply products generally depend on economic conditions and a variety of other factors that are outside of our control, including freight tonnage, customer spending and preferences, vehicle age, labor relations and regulatory requirements. See Item 1A. Risk Factors below. Cycles in the major vehicle industry markets of North America and Europe are not necessarily concurrent or related. It is part of our strategy to continue to seek to expand our operations globally to help mitigate the effect of periodic fluctuations in demand of the vehicle industry in one or more particular countries.

See Trends and Uncertainties in Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis for estimated commercial truck production volumes for selected original equipment markets based on available sources and management's estimates. 

Available Information
 
Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, all amendments to those reports, and other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") are available free of charge on our

11



website (www.Meritor.com), as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed. The information contained on the company’s website is not included in, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Cautionary Statement
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements relating to future results of the company (including certain projections and business trends) that are "forward-looking statements" as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "should," "are likely to be," "will" and similar expressions. Actual results may differ materially from those projected as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to reliance on major OEM customers and possible negative outcomes from contract negotiations with our major customers, including failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract renewal negotiations and our ability to obtain new customers; the outcome of actual and potential product liability, warranty and recall claims; our ability to successfully manage rapidly changing volumes in the commercial truck markets and work with our customers to manage demand expectations in view of rapid changes in production levels; global economic and market cycles and conditions; availability and sharply rising costs of raw materials, including steel, and our ability to manage or recover such costs; our ability to manage possible adverse effects on our European operations, or financing arrangements related thereto following the United Kingdom's decision to exit the European Union or, in the event one or more other countries exit the European monetary union; risks inherent in operating abroad (including foreign currency exchange rates, restrictive government actions regarding trade, implications of foreign regulations relating to pensions and potential disruption of production and supply due to terrorist attacks or acts of aggression); risks related to our joint ventures; rising costs of pension benefits; the ability to achieve the expected benefits of strategic initiatives and restructuring actions; our ability to successfully integrate the products and technologies of Fabco Holdings, Inc. and AA Gear Mfg., Inc. and future results of such acquisitions, including their generation of revenue and their being accretive; the demand for commercial and specialty vehicles for which we supply products; whether our liquidity will be affected by declining vehicle production in the future; OEM program delays; demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products; successful development and launch of new products; labor relations of our company, our suppliers and customers, including potential disruptions in supply of parts to our facilities or demand for our products due to work stoppages; the financial condition of our suppliers and customers, including potential bankruptcies; possible adverse effects of any future suspension of normal trade credit terms by our suppliers; potential impairment of long-lived assets, including goodwill; potential adjustment of the value of deferred tax assets; competitive product and pricing pressures; the amount of our debt; our ability to continue to comply with covenants in our financing agreements; our ability to access capital markets; credit ratings of our debt; the outcome of existing and any future legal proceedings, including any proceedings or related liabilities with respect to environmental, asbestos-related, or other matters; possible changes in accounting rules; and other substantial costs, risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those detailed herein and from time to time in other filings of the company with the SEC. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date hereof, and the company undertakes no obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
Our business, financial condition and results of operations can be impacted by a number of risks, including those described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, any one of which could cause our actual results to vary materially from recent results or from anticipated future results. Any of these individual risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. This effect could be compounded if multiple risks were to occur.
 
We may not be able to execute our M2019 Plan.

At the beginning of fiscal 2016, we announced our M2019 plan, a multi-year plan to drive growth and increase shareholder value. In connection with the plan, we established certain financial goals relating to revenue growth, profit improvement and capital allocation. The M2019 plan is based on our current planning assumptions, and achievement of the plan is subject to a number of risks. Our plan includes assumptions that we are able to successfully launch new products, secure new business wins, expand our current customer relationships, reduce debt, reduce costs, and that any increases in raw materials prices are substantially offset by customer recovery mechanisms. If our assumptions are incorrect, if management is not able to execute the plan or if our business suffers from any number of additional risks set forth herein, we may not be able to achieve the financial goals we have announced for the M2019 plan.


12



We depend on large OEM customers, and loss of sales to these customers or failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract renewal negotiations, or to obtain new customers, could have an adverse impact on our business.
     
We are dependent upon large OEM customers with substantial bargaining power with respect to price and other commercial terms. In addition, we have long-term contracts with certain of these customers that are subject to renegotiation and renewal from time to time. Loss of all or a substantial portion of sales to any of our large volume customers for whatever reason (including, but not limited to, loss of contracts or failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract renewal negotiations, loss of market share by these customers, insolvency of such customers, reduced or delayed customer requirements, plant shutdowns, strikes or other work stoppages affecting production by such customers), continued reduction of prices to these customers, or a failure to obtain new customers, could have a significant adverse effect on our financial results. There can be no assurance that we will not lose all or a portion of sales to our large volume customers, or that we will be able to offset any reduction of prices to these customers with reductions in our costs or by obtaining new customers.
 
During fiscal year 2018, sales to our three largest customers, AB Volvo, Daimler AG and PACCAR represented approximately 23 percent, 17 percent and 12 percent, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10 percent or more of our total sales in fiscal year 2018.
 
The level of our sales to large OEM customers, including the realization of future sales from awarded business or obtaining new business or customers, is inherently subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including the number of vehicles that these OEM customers actually produce and sell. Several of our significant customers have major union contracts that expire periodically and are subject to renegotiation. Any strikes or other actions that affect our customers' production during this process would also affect our sales. Further, to the extent that the financial condition, including bankruptcy or market share, of any of our largest customers deteriorates or their sales otherwise continue to decline, our financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, our customers generally have the right to replace us with another supplier under certain circumstances. Accordingly, we may not in fact realize all of the future sales represented by our awarded business. Any failure to realize these sales could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our ability to manage rapidly changing production and sales volume in the commercial vehicle market may adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Production and sales in the commercial vehicle market have historically been volatile. Our business may experience difficulty in adapting to rapidly changing production and sales volumes. In an upturn of the cycle, when demand increases for production, we may have difficulty in meeting such extreme or rapidly increasing demand. This difficulty may include not having sufficient manpower or working capital to meet the needs of our customers or relying on other suppliers who may not be able to respond quickly to a changed environment when demand increases rapidly. In addition, certain volume requirements can necessitate premium freight and the associated costs to support the customer demand. In contrast, in the downturn of the cycle, we may have difficulty sustaining profitability given fixed costs (as further discussed below).

 A downturn in the global economy could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Past recessions have had a significant adverse impact on our business, customers and suppliers. Our cash and liquidity needs were impacted by the level, variability and timing of our customers' worldwide vehicle production and other factors outside of our control. If the global economy were to take another significant downturn, depending upon the length, duration and severity of another recession, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow would be materially adversely affected again.
 
Our levels of fixed costs can make it difficult to adjust our cost base to the extent necessary, or to make such adjustments on a timely basis, and continued volume declines can result in non-cash impairment charges as the value of certain long-lived assets is reduced. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations have been and would be expected to continue to be adversely affected during periods of prolonged declining production and sales volumes in the commercial vehicle markets.
 
The negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations from continued volume declines could also have negative effects on our liquidity. If cash flows are not available from our operations, we may be required to rely on the banking and credit markets to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs; however, we cannot predict whether that funding will be available at all or on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, in the event of reduced sales, levels of receivables would decline, which would lead to a decline in funding available under our U.S. receivables facilities or under our European factoring arrangements.
 

13



Our working capital requirements may negatively affect our liquidity and capital resources.
 
Our working capital requirements can vary significantly, depending in part on the level, variability and timing of our customers' worldwide vehicle production and the payment terms with our customers and suppliers. As production volumes increase, our working capital requirements to support the higher volumes generally increase. If our working capital needs exceed our other cash flows from operations, we would look to our cash balances and availability for borrowings under our borrowing arrangements to satisfy those needs, as well as potential sources of additional capital, which may not be available on satisfactory terms or in adequate amounts.

In addition, since many of our accounts receivable factoring programs support our working capital requirements in Europe, any dissolution of the European monetary union, if it were to occur, or any other termination of our European factoring agreements could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity if we were unable to renegotiate such agreements or find alternative sources of liquidity.

One of our consolidated joint ventures in China participates in bills of exchange programs to settle accounts receivable from its customers and obligations to its trade suppliers. These programs are common in China and generally require the participation of local banks. Any disruption in these programs, if it were to occur, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity if we were unable to find alternative sources of liquidity.

We operate in an industry that is cyclical and that has periodically experienced significant year-to-year fluctuations in demand for vehicles; we also experience seasonal variations in demand for our products.
 
The industries in which we operate have been characterized historically by significant periodic fluctuations in overall demand for medium- and heavy-duty trucks and other vehicles for which we supply products, resulting in corresponding fluctuations in demand for our products. The length and timing of any cycle in the vehicle industry cannot be predicted with certainty.
 
Production and sales of the vehicles for which we supply products generally depend on economic conditions and a variety of other factors that are outside our control, including freight tonnage, customer spending and preferences, vehicle age, labor relations and regulatory requirements. In particular, demand for our Commercial Truck & Trailer segment products can be affected by a pre-buy before the effective date of new regulatory requirements, such as changes in emissions standards. Historically, implementation of new, more stringent, emissions standards has increased heavy-duty truck demand prior to the effective date of the new regulations, and correspondingly decreased this demand after the new standards are implemented. In addition, any expected increase in the heavy-duty truck demand prior to the effective date of new emissions standards may be offset by instability in the financial markets and resulting economic contraction in the U.S. and worldwide markets.
 
Sales from the aftermarket portion of our Aftermarket & Industrial segment depend on overall levels of truck ton miles and gross domestic product (GDP), among other things, and may be influenced by times of slower economic growth or economic contraction based on the average age of commercial truck fleets.
 
We may also experience seasonal variations in the demand for our products to the extent that vehicle production fluctuates. Historically, for most of our business, demand has been somewhat lower in the quarters ended September 30 and December 31, when OEM plants may close during model changeovers and vacation and holiday periods or when there are fewer selling days during the quarter. In addition, our aftermarket business and our operations in India and China generally experience seasonally higher demand in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30.
 
Continued fluctuation in the prices of raw materials and transportation costs has adversely affected our business and, together with other factors, will continue to pose challenges to our financial results.
 
Prices of raw materials, primarily steel, for our manufacturing needs and costs of transportation have fluctuated sharply in past years, including rapid increases which had a negative impact on our operating income for certain periods. These steel price increases, along with increasing transportation costs, created pressure on profit margins, and as they recur in the future, they could unfavorably impact our financial results going forward. While we have had steel pricing adjustment programs in place with most major OEMs, the price adjustment programs typically lag the increase in steel costs and have generally not contemplated all non-index-related increases in steel costs. Raw material price fluctuation, together with the volatility of the commodity markets, which can be impacted by a variety of factors, including changes in trade laws and tariffs, will continue to pose risks to our financial results. If we are unable to pass price increases on to our customer base or otherwise mitigate the costs, our operating income could be adversely affected.


14



Escalating price pressures from customers may adversely affect our business.
 
Pricing pressure by OEMs is a characteristic, to a certain extent, of the commercial vehicle industry. Virtually all OEMs have aggressive price reduction initiatives and objectives each year with their suppliers, and such actions are expected to continue in the future. Accordingly, we must be able to reduce our operating costs in order to maintain our current margins. Price reductions have impacted our margins and may do so in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid future customer price reductions or offset future customer price reductions through improved operating efficiencies, new manufacturing processes, sourcing alternatives or other cost reduction initiatives.
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry.
 
Each of Meritor's businesses operates in a highly competitive environment. We compete worldwide with a number of North American and international providers of components and systems, some of which are owned by or associated with some of our customers. Certain OEMs manufacture products for their own use that compete with the types of products we supply, and any future increase in this activity could displace Meritor's sales. In addition, cost reduction strategies in our industry have led to an increase in the consolidation and globalization of OEMs and their suppliers, which could increase the amount of competition or displacement we face from OEMs that manufacture products similar to ours for their own use or from suppliers that are affiliated with or otherwise supported by OEMs.

The commercial vehicle market is also experiencing a period of significant technological change as a result of the trends toward electrified drivetrains and the integration of advanced electronics into traditional products. These trends have led to an increase in the significance of technology to our current and future products, as well as an increase in the amount of competition we face from technology focused new market entrants. If we are unable to continue providing products that meet our customers’ needs in this environment of rapid technological change, our market competitiveness could be adversely affected.

Exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of our substantial international operations, we are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from our normal business operations, including risks in connection with our transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. While we employ financial instruments to hedge certain of our foreign currency exchange risks relating to these transactions, our efforts to manage these risks may not be successful. In addition, we translate sales and other results denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars for purposes of our consolidated financial statements. As a result, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies generally will have a negative impact on our reported revenues and operating income, while depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and operating income. For fiscal year 2016, our reported financial results were adversely affected by appreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. For fiscal years 2018 and 2017, our reported financial results benefited from depreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies.
 
A disruption in supply of raw materials or parts could impact our production and increase our costs.
 
Some of our significant suppliers have experienced weak financial condition in the past. In addition, some of our significant suppliers are located in developing countries. We are dependent upon the ability of our suppliers to meet performance and quality specifications and delivery schedules. The inability of a supplier to meet these requirements, the loss of a significant supplier, or any labor issues or work stoppages at a significant supplier could disrupt the supply of raw materials and parts to our facilities and could have an adverse effect on us.
 
Work stoppages or similar difficulties could significantly disrupt our operations.
 
A work stoppage at one or more of our manufacturing facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, if a significant customer were to experience a work stoppage, that customer could halt or limit purchases of our products, which could result in shutting down the related manufacturing facilities. Also, a significant disruption in the supply of a key component due to a work stoppage at one of our suppliers could result in shutting down manufacturing facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 

15



Our international operations are subject to a number of risks.
 
We have a significant number of facilities and operations outside the United States, including investments and joint ventures in developing countries. During fiscal year 2018, approximately 45 percent of our sales from continuing operations were generated outside of the United States. Our strategy to grow in emerging markets may put us at risk due to the risks inherent in operating in such markets. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent in operating abroad, including, but not limited to:

risks with respect to currency exchange rate fluctuations (as more fully discussed above);

risks to our liquidity if the European monetary union were to dissolve and we were unable to renegotiate European factoring agreements or find alternative sources of liquidity;

risks arising from the United Kingdom's decision to exit the European Union, or in the event one or more other countries exit the European monetary union;

local economic and political conditions;

disruptions of capital and trading markets;

possible terrorist attacks or acts of aggression that could affect vehicle production or the availability of raw materials or supplies;

restrictive governmental actions (such as restrictions on transfer of funds and trade protection measures, including import and export duties, quotas and customs duties and tariffs);

changes in legal or regulatory requirements;

import or export licensing requirements;

limitations on the repatriation of funds;

difficulty in obtaining distribution and support;

nationalization;

the laws and policies of the United States and foreign governments affecting trade, foreign investment and loans;

the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

tax laws; and

labor disruptions.

There can be no assurance that these risks will not have a material adverse impact on our ability to increase or maintain our foreign sales or on our financial condition or results of operations.

Certain of our operations are conducted through joint ventures, which have unique risks.

We conduct certain of our operations through joint ventures, many of which act as our suppliers, pursuant to the terms of the agreements that we entered into with our partners. We may share management responsibilities and information with one or more partners that may not share our goals and objectives. Additionally, one or more partners may fail to satisfy contractual obligations, conflicts may arise between us and any of our partners, the ownership of one of our partners may change or our ability to control decision making or compliance with applicable rules and regulations may be limited. Additionally, our ability to sell our interest in a joint venture may be subject to contractual and other limitations. Accordingly, any of the foregoing could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

Our strategic initiatives may be unsuccessful, may take longer than anticipated, or may result in unanticipated costs.


16



The success and timing of any future divestitures and acquisitions will depend on a variety of factors, many of which are not within our control. If we engage in acquisitions, we may finance these transactions by borrowing or issuing additional debt or equity securities. The additional debt from any such acquisitions, if consummated, could increase our debt to capitalization ratio. In addition, the ultimate benefit of any acquisition would depend on our ability to successfully integrate the acquired entity or assets into our existing business and to achieve any projected synergies. There is also no assurance that the total costs associated with any current and future restructuring will not exceed our estimates, or that we will be able to achieve the intended benefits of these restructurings.

Our liquidity, including our access to capital markets and financing, could be constrained by limitations in the overall credit market, our credit ratings, our ability to comply with financial covenants in our debt instruments, and our suppliers suspending normal trade credit terms on our purchases, or by other factors beyond our control.

Our current senior secured revolving credit facility matures in March 2022. Upon expiration of this facility, we will require a new or renegotiated facility (which may be smaller and have less favorable terms than our current facility) or other financing arrangements. Our ability to access additional capital in the long term will depend on availability of capital markets and pricing on commercially reasonable terms as well as our credit profile at the time we are seeking funds, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to access additional capital.

On November 14, 2018, our Standard & Poor’s corporate credit rating and senior unsecured credit rating were BB and BB-, respectively, and our Moody’s Investors Service corporate credit rating and senior unsecured credit rating were Ba3 and B1, respectively. Any lowering of our credit ratings could increase our cost of future borrowings and could reduce our access to capital markets and result in lower trading prices for our securities.

Our liquidity could also be adversely impacted if our suppliers were to suspend normal trade credit terms and require more accelerated payment terms, including payment in advance or payment on delivery of purchases. If this were to occur, we would be dependent on other sources of financing to bridge the additional period between payment of our suppliers and receipt of payments from our customers.

Disruptions in the financial markets could impact the availability and cost of credit which could negatively affect our business.

Disruptions in the financial markets, including the bankruptcy, insolvency or restructuring of certain financial institutions, and the lack of liquidity generally could impact the availability and cost of incremental credit for many companies and may adversely affect the availability of credit already arranged. Such disruptions could adversely affect the U.S. and world economy, further negatively impacting consumer spending patterns in the transportation and industrial sectors. In addition, as our customers and suppliers respond to rapidly changing consumer preferences, they may require access to additional capital. If that capital is not available or its cost is prohibitively high, their business would be negatively impacted, which could result in further restructuring or even reorganization under bankruptcy laws. Any such negative impact, in turn, could negatively affect our business either through loss of sales to any of our customers so affected or through inability to meet our commitments (or inability to meet them without excess expense) because of loss of supplies from any of our suppliers so affected. There are no assurances that government responses to these disruptions would restore consumer confidence or improve the liquidity of the financial markets.

In addition, disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our ability to draw on our senior secured revolving credit facility or our U.S. accounts receivable securitization facility. Our access to funds under the facilities is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to the facilities to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from Meritor and other borrowers within a short period of time. Longer-term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives, or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged.
 

17



A violation of the financial covenants in our senior secured revolving credit facility could result in a default thereunder and could lead to an acceleration of our obligations under this facility and, potentially, other indebtedness.
 
Our ability to borrow under our existing financing arrangements depends on our compliance with covenants in the related agreements and on our performance against covenants in our bank credit facility that require compliance with certain financial ratios as of the end of each fiscal quarter. To the extent that we are unable to maintain compliance with these requirements or to perform against the financial ratio covenants due to one or more of the various risk factors discussed herein or otherwise, our ability to borrow, and our liquidity, would be adversely impacted.
Availability under the senior secured revolving credit facility is subject to a collateral test, performed quarterly, pursuant to which borrowings on the senior secured revolving credit facility cannot exceed 1.0x the collateral test value. Availability under the senior secured revolving credit facility is also subject to certain financial covenants based on (i) the ratio of our priority debt (consisting principally of amounts outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility, U.S. accounts receivable securitization and factoring programs, and third-party non-working capital foreign debt) to EBITDA and (ii) the amount of annual capital expenditures. We are required to maintain a total priority-debt-to-EBITDA ratio, as defined in the agreement, of not more than 2.25 to 1.00 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter through maturity.
 If an amendment or waiver is needed (in the event we do not meet one of these covenants) and not obtained, we would be in violation of that covenant, and the lenders would have the right to accelerate the obligations upon the vote of the lenders holding more than 50% of outstanding loans thereunder. A default under the senior secured revolving credit facility could also constitute a default under our outstanding convertible notes as well as our U.S. receivables facility and could result in the acceleration of these obligations. In addition, a default under our senior secured revolving credit facility could result in a cross-default or the acceleration of our payment obligations under other financing agreements. If our obligations under our senior secured revolving credit facility and other financing arrangements are accelerated as described above, our assets and cash flow may be insufficient to fully repay these obligations, and the lenders under our senior secured revolving credit facility could institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets.
 
We are exposed to environmental, health and safety and product liabilities.
 
Our business is subject to liabilities with respect to environmental, health and safety matters. In addition, we are required to comply with federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and health and safety, and we could be held liable for damages arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances or other environmental or natural resource damages. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and tend to be increasingly stringent. As a result, our future costs to comply with such laws and regulations may increase significantly. There is also an inherent risk of exposure to warranty and product liability claims, as well as product recalls, in the commercial vehicle industry if our products fail to perform to specifications or are alleged to cause property damage, injury or death.
 
With respect to environmental liabilities, we have been designated as a potentially responsible party at ten Superfund sites (excluding sites as to which our records disclose no involvement or as to which our liability has been finally determined). In addition to the Superfund sites, various other lawsuits, claims and proceedings have been asserted against us alleging violations of federal, state and local and foreign environmental protection requirements or seeking remediation of alleged environmental impairments. We establish reserves for these liabilities when we determine that the company has a probable obligation and we can reasonably estimate it, but the process of estimating environmental liabilities is complex and dependent on evolving physical and scientific data at the site, uncertainties as to remedies and technologies to be used, and the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies. The actual amount of costs or damages for which we may be held responsible could materially exceed our current estimates because of these and other uncertainties which make it difficult to predict actual costs accurately. In future periods, new laws and regulations, changes in remediation plans, advances in technology and additional information about the ultimate clean-up remedy could significantly change our estimates and have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations. Management cannot assess the possible effect of compliance with future requirements.
 
We are exposed to asbestos litigation liability.
 
One of our subsidiaries, Maremont Corporation, manufactured friction products containing asbestos from 1953 through 1977, when it sold its friction product business. We acquired Maremont in 1986. Maremont and many other companies are defendants in suits brought by individuals claiming personal injuries as a result of exposure to asbestos-containing products. We, along with many other companies, have also been named as a defendant in lawsuits alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to asbestos used in certain components of products of Rockwell International Corporation ("Rockwell"). Liability for these claims was transferred to us at the time of the spin-off of Rockwell's automotive business to Meritor in 1997.
 

18



The uncertainties of asbestos claim and other litigation, including the outcome of litigation with insurance companies regarding the scope of asbestos coverage and the long-term solvency of our insurance carriers, make it difficult to predict accurately the ultimate resolution of asbestos claims. The possibility of adverse rulings or new legislation affecting asbestos claim litigation or the settlement process increases that uncertainty. Although we have established reserves to address asbestos liability and corresponding receivables for recoveries from our insurance carriers, if our assumptions with respect to the nature of pending and future claims, the cost to resolve claims and the amount of available insurance prove to be incorrect, the actual amount of liability for asbestos-related claims, and the effect on us, could differ materially from our current estimates and, therefore, could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
 
We are exposed to the rising cost of pension benefits and uncertainty regarding the provision of postemployment benefits.
 
The commercial vehicle industry, like other industries, continues to be impacted by the cost of pension and other postemployment benefits. In estimating our expected obligations under our pension benefit plans, we make certain assumptions as to economic and demographic factors, such as discount rates, and investment returns. If actual experience of these factors is worse than our assumptions, our obligations could grow which could in turn increase the amount of mandatory contributions to these plans in the coming years. Our pension plans and other postemployment benefits were underfunded by $30 million and $86 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2018.

Changes in U.S. trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs and the resulting consequences, could adversely affect our results of operations.

The U.S. government has adopted a new approach to trade policy and in some cases has attempted to renegotiate or terminate certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements. It has also imposed tariffs on certain foreign goods, including steel and certain commercial vehicle parts, which have begun to result in increased costs for goods imported into the U.S. In response to these tariffs, a number of U.S. trading partners, including China, the European Union and Canada, have imposed retaliatory tariffs on a wide range of U.S. products, which makes it more costly for us to export our products to those countries. If we are unable to pass price increases on to our customer base or otherwise mitigate the costs, or if demand for our exported products decreases due to the higher cost, our operating income could be adversely affected. In addition, further tariffs have been proposed by the U.S. and its trading partners and additional trade restrictions could be implemented on a broader range of products or raw materials. The resulting environment of retaliatory trade or other practices could have a significant adverse effect on our business, customers, suppliers and the global economy.

Impairment in the carrying value of long-lived assets and goodwill could negatively affect our operating results and financial condition.
 
We have a significant amount of long-lived assets and goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, are required to be reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. If business conditions or other factors cause our operating results and cash flows to decline, we may be required to record non-cash impairment charges. Goodwill must be evaluated for impairment at least annually. If the carrying value of our reporting units exceeds their current fair value, the goodwill is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value via a non-cash charge to earnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment in the value of our long-lived assets and goodwill include changes impacting the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of any downturn in the global economy, as well as competition and advances in technology, adverse changes in the regulatory environment, or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or operating results. If the value of long-lived assets or goodwill is impaired, our earnings and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 740 "Income Taxes," each quarter we determine the probability of the realization of deferred tax assets using significant judgments and estimates with respect to, among other things, historical operating results, expectations of future earnings and tax planning strategies. If we determine in the future that there is not sufficient positive evidence to support the valuation of these assets, due to the risk factors described herein or other factors, we may be required to adjust the valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets. Such a reduction could result in material non-cash expenses in the period in which the valuation allowance is adjusted and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, future changes in laws or regulations could have a material impact on the company's overall tax position.
 

19



Our overall effective tax rate is equal to our total tax expense as a percentage of our total earnings before tax. However, tax expenses and benefits are determined separately for each tax paying component (an individual entity) or group of entities that is consolidated for tax purposes in each jurisdiction. Losses in certain jurisdictions that have valuation allowances against their deferred tax assets provide no current financial statement tax benefit unless required under the intra-period allocation requirements of ASC Topic 740. As a result, changes in the mix of projected earnings between jurisdictions, among other factors, could have a significant impact on our overall effective tax rate.
 
Our unrecognized tax benefits recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 could significantly change.
 
FASB ASC Topic 740, "Income Taxes," defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements. This topic requires that the tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is "more-likely-than-not" to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The more-likely-than-not threshold represents a positive assertion by management that a company is entitled to the economic benefits of a tax position. If a tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits, no benefits of the position are to be recognized. Moreover, the more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each reporting period to support continued recognition of a benefit. In the event that the more-likely-than-not threshold is not met, we would be required to change the relevant tax position which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may be restricted on the use of tax attributes from a tax law "ownership change."
 
Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, limits the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its tax attributes, such as net operating losses and tax credits. In general, an "ownership change" occurs if shareholders owning five percent or more (applying certain look-through rules) of an issuer's outstanding common stock, collectively, increase their ownership percentage by more than fifty percentage points within any three-year period over such shareholders' lowest percentage ownership during this period. If we were to issue new shares of stock, such new shares could contribute to such an "ownership change" under U.S. tax law. Moreover, not every event that could contribute to such an "ownership change" is within our control. If an "ownership change" under Section 382 were to occur, our ability to utilize tax attributes in the future may be limited.
 
Assertions against us or our customers relating to intellectual property rights could materially impact our business.
 
Our industry is characterized by companies that hold large numbers of patents and other intellectual property rights and that vigorously pursue, protect and enforce intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties may assert against us and our customers and distributors their patents and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business.

Claims that our products or technology infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, are frequently costly to defend or settle and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. In addition, many of our supply agreements require us to indemnify our customers and distributors from third-party infringement claims, which have in the past and may in the future require that we defend those claims and might require that we pay damages in the case of adverse rulings. Claims of this sort also could harm our relationships with our customers and might deter future customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in these proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could be required to:

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products or technology;

pay substantial damages for infringement;

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing products or technology;

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

enter into cross-licenses with our competitors, which could weaken our overall intellectual property portfolio;

lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;


20



pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology; or

relinquish rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if our claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.
    
Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We utilize a significant amount of intellectual property in our business. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.
 
Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks and trade secrets, as well as customary contractual protections with our customers, distributors, employees and consultants, and security measures to protect our trade secrets. We cannot guarantee that:

any of our present or future patents will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, abandoned or, in the case of third-party patents licensed or sub-licensed to us, be licensed to others;

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought;

our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protection may be weak; or

any of the trademarks, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, abandoned or licensed to others.

In addition, we may not receive competitive advantages from the rights granted under our patents and other intellectual property rights. Our competitors may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies, or design around the patents we own or license. Our existing and future patents may be circumvented, blocked, licensed to others, or challenged as to inventorship, ownership, scope, validity or enforceability. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections available in the United States, or may not be applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. If we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any of these legal actions could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a party to a number of patent and intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license agreements require us to make one-time or periodic payments. We may need to obtain additional licenses or renew existing license agreements in the future. We are unable to predict whether these license agreements can be obtained or renewed on acceptable terms.

A breach or failure of our information technology infrastructure could adversely impact our business and operations.
 
We recognize the increasing volume of cyber-attacks and employ commercially practical efforts to provide reasonable assurance such attacks are appropriately mitigated. Each year, we evaluate the threat profile of our industry to stay abreast of trends and to provide reasonable assurance our existing countermeasures will address any new threats identified. Despite our implementation of security measures, our IT systems and those of our service providers are vulnerable to circumstances beyond our reasonable control including acts of malfeasance, acts of terror, acts of government, natural disasters, civil unrest, and denial of service attacks, any of which may lead to the theft of our intellectual property and trade secrets or business disruption. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data or an inappropriate disclosure of confidential information, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, affect our relationships with our customers, suppliers and employees, lead to claims against the company and ultimately harm our business. Additionally, we may be required to incur significant costs to protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
None.

21




Item 2. Properties.
 
At September 30, 2018, our operating segments, including all consolidated joint ventures, had the following facilities in the United States, Europe, South America, Canada, Mexico and the Asia-Pacific region. For purposes of these numbers, multiple facilities in one geographic location are counted as one facility.
 
 
Manufacturing and Distribution Facilities
 
Engineering Facilities, Sales
Offices, Warehouses and
Service Centers
Commercial Truck & Trailer
20
 
12
Aftermarket & Industrial
6
 
8
Other
 
4
Total
26
 
24
These facilities had an aggregate floor space of approximately 9.3 million square feet, substantially all of which is in use. We owned approximately 61 percent and leased approximately 39 percent of this floor space. Substantially all of our owned domestic plants and equipment are subject to liens securing our obligations under our revolving credit facility with a group of banks (see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). In the opinion of management, our properties have been well maintained, are in sound operating condition and contain all equipment and facilities necessary to operate at present levels.
 
A summary of floor space (in square feet) of these facilities at September 30, 2018, (including new space under construction) is as follows:
 
 
 
Owned Facilities
 
Leased Facilities
 
 
Location
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket
& Industrial
 
Other
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket
& Industrial
 
Other
 
Total
United States
 
1,611,763

 
1,186,565

 
417,800

 
669,515

 
608,137

 

 
4,493,780

Canada
 

 

 

 

 
40,517

 

 
40,517

Europe
 
1,870,150

 

 

 
528,076

 
75,578

 
12,376

 
2,486,180

Asia Pacific
 
406,941

 

 

 
1,055,819

 
30,178

 

 
1,492,938

Latin America
 
204,368

 

 

 
571,743

 

 

 
776,111

Total
 
4,093,222

 
1,186,565

 
417,800

 
2,825,153

 
754,410

 
12,376

 
9,289,526


Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for information with respect to litigation related to asbestos and product liability, which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
See Item 1. Business, "Environmental Matters" and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for information relating to environmental proceedings, which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
In March 2016, two virtually identical complaints were filed against our company and other defendants in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The complaints are proposed class actions alleging that we violated federal and state antitrust and other laws in connection with a former business of ours that manufactured and sold exhaust systems for automobiles. The first proposed class is composed of persons and entities that purchased or leased a passenger vehicle during a specified time period; the second is a purported class of automobile dealers. We accepted service of these complaints in July 2016. We settled both of these lawsuits for a total of $1 million. The settlements were preliminarily approved by the court in June and September 2018. A third complaint on behalf of a proposed class of direct purchasers was filed against our company and other defendants in the same court in November 2016; we accepted service in April 2017. In December 2017, we were served with a similar suit naming the company as a defendant on behalf of a purported class of purchasers in Alberta, Canada, and were served with a nearly identical complaint in British Columbia, Canada in March 2018. In August 2017, our subsidiary, Meritor do Brasil Sistema Automotivos Ltda., received notice that it was made a formal party to an investigation by the antitrust authority of the Brazilian government relating

22



to the alleged existence of a cartel in the exhaust systems and components market in Brazil. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against the unsettled claims.

Various other lawsuits, claims and proceedings have been or may be instituted or asserted against Meritor or our subsidiaries relating to the conduct of our business, including those pertaining to product liability, tax, warranty or recall claims, intellectual property, safety and health, contract and employment matters. Although the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and some lawsuits, claims or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to Meritor, management believes, after consulting with Meritor's Chief Legal Officer, that the disposition of matters that are pending will not have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Registrant.
 
The name, age, positions and offices held with Meritor and principal occupations and employment during the past five years of each of our executive officers as of November 15, 2018, are as follows:
 
Jeffrey A. Craig, 58 - Chief Executive Officer and President since April 2015 and President and Chief Operating Officer from June 2014 until April 2015. Mr. Craig has served as a director of Meritor since April 2015; Senior Vice President and President, Commercial Truck & Industrial from February 2013 until May 2014; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from May 2008 until January 2013; Acting Controller from May 2008 to January 2009; Senior Vice President and Controller from May 2007 until May 2008; Vice President and Controller from May 2006 until April 2007; Prior to joining Meritor, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of GMAC Commercial Finance (commercial lending service) from 2001 to May 2006 and President and Chief Executive Officer of GMAC’s Business Credit division from 1999 to 2001. He joined GMAC as general auditor in 1997 from Deloitte & Touche, where he served as an audit partner.

Kevin Nowlan, 46 - Senior Vice President and President, Trailer, Components and Chief Financial Officer since March 2018; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from May 2013 until March 2018; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from February 2013 until April 2013; Vice President and Controller from December 2010 until February 2013 and Vice President and Treasurer from July 2009 until his appointment as Vice President and Controller. From July 2008 until July 2009, he served as Vice President and Assistant Treasurer and from March 2007 until July 2008, he served as Vice President of Shared Services. Prior to joining Meritor, Mr. Nowlan worked in various roles at GMAC and General Motors Corporation from 1995 through March 2007.

April Miller Boise, 50 - Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since August 2016. Prior to joining Meritor, Ms. Boise was Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Head of Global Mergers and Acquisitions and Corporate Secretary at Avintiv, Inc. (formerly known as The Polymer Group). From 2011 until 2015, she was Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chief Privacy Officer at Veyance Technologies, Inc. (formerly known as Goodyear Engineered Products). From 1999 to 2010, Ms. Boise was an attorney with Thompson Hine LLP, where she held positions of increasing responsibility, including Managing Partner, Cleveland Office, Executive Committee Member and Hiring Partner, 2009-2010; Chair, Private Equity Group, 2007-2010; Co-Founder and Chair, Women’s Initiative, 2006-2009; and Partner, Corporate Transactions and Securities, 2002-2010.

Timothy Heffron, 54 - Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Chief Information Officer since August 2013; Vice President, Chief Information Officer and Shared Services from July 2011 until August 2013; Vice President of Shared Services from June 2008 until July 2011; Prior to joining Meritor, Mr. Heffron was Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of GMAC Commercial Finance from January 2002 until June 2008; Director of Reengineering for GMAC from December 1999 until December 2001, Director of Global Information Technology Audit for General Motors Corporation from June 1999 until November 1999; Assistant General Auditor for GMAC from March 1998 until May 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Heffron spent nine years in public accounting, most recently as an audit senior manager with Ernst & Young.

Chris Villavarayan, 48 - Senior Vice President and President, Global Truck since January 2018; Senior Vice President and President, Americas from February 2014 until January 2018; Vice President of Global Manufacturing and Supply Chain Management from June 2012 until February 2014; Managing Director of Meritor India and CEO of MHVSIL and Automotive Axles Ltd. (joint venture between Meritor and Kalyani Group of India) from December 2009 until June 2012; General Manager of European Operations and Worldwide Manufacturing Planning and Strategy from June 2007 until December 2009; Director of Manufacturing Performance Plus from November 2006 until June 2007; Regional Manager of Continuous Improvement from

23



July 2005 until November 2006; Industrialization Project Manager from September 2001 until July 2005; Site Manager of Meritor St. Thomas, Ontario facility from June 2000 until September 2001.

Joseph Plomin, 56 - Senior Vice President and President, Aftermarket, Industrial and Quality since March 2018; Senior Vice President and President, Aftermarket & Trailer and Quality from January 2018 until March 2018; Vice President and President, International from January 2014 until January 2018; Vice President of International from July 2013 until January 2014; Vice President of Global Brakes from June 2012 until January 2013; Vice President of Truck North America and South America from July 2011 until May 2012; Vice President of Commercial Vehicle Systems Truck from September 2007 until July 2011. Prior to joining Meritor, Mr. Plomin held a variety of executive positions at Delco Remy International, including Senior Vice President of Sales/Marketing/Product Line Management from October 2006 until September 2007; President of Electrical Aftermarket from February 2006 until October 2006; General Manager/Senior Vice President of Heavy Duty/Industrial Division from June 2001 until February 2006; and Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing, Electrical Division from September 1998 until December 2000.

There are no family relationships, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, between any of the above executive officers and any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director or executive officer. No officer of Meritor was selected pursuant to any arrangement or understanding between him or her and any person other than Meritor. All executive officers are elected annually.

24



PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Meritor's common stock, par value $1 per share ("Common Stock"), is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and trades under the symbol "MTOR." On November 14, 2018, there were 10,470 shareholders of record of Meritor's Common Stock.

Our revolving credit facility permits us to declare and pay up to $40 million of dividends in any fiscal year provided that no default or unmatured default, as defined in the agreement, has occurred and is continuing at the date of declaration or payment. 

Additionally, our indentures permit us to pay dividends under the following primary conditions:

if a default on the notes, as defined in the indentures, has not occurred and is not continuing or shall not occur as a consequence of the payment;
if the interest coverage ratio, as defined in the indentures, is greater than 2.00 to 1.00 after giving effect to the dividend;
if the cumulative amount of the dividends paid does not exceed certain cumulative cash and earnings measurements;

if the dividends are less than $60 million per fiscal year (with a carryover to the next fiscal year of up to $60 million if unused in the current fiscal year); and
if after giving effect to the dividend, the total leverage ratio, as defined in the indenture, would not exceed 4.00 to 1.00.

See Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters for information on securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.
 
Issuer repurchases

The table below sets forth information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of us of shares of our Common Stock during the three months ended September 30, 2018:

Period
Total Number of Shares Purchased
Average Price Paid Per Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1)
July 1- 31, 2018

$


$
36,908,585

August 1- 31, 2018
1,019,537

$
21.35

1,019,537

$
15,144,491

September 1- 30, 2018
704,272

$
21.38

704,272

$

Total
1,723,809

 
 
1,723,809

 
 

(1) On July 21, 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of Common Stock and up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of any of the company’s debt securities (including convertible debt securities), in each case from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, until September 30, 2019, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the company's debt covenants. Equity repurchases under these authorizations were complete as of September 30, 2018. On November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock and up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of any of our debt securities (including convertible debt securities), in each case from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. These authorizations supersede the prior July 2016 repurchase authorizations.

 The independent trustee of our 401(k) plans purchases shares in the open market to fund investments by employees in our Common Stock, one of the investment options available under such plans, and any matching contributions in company stock we provide under certain of such plans. In addition, our stock incentive plans permit payment of an option exercise price by means of cashless exercise through a broker and permit the satisfaction of the minimum statutory tax obligations upon exercise of options and the vesting of restricted stock units through stock withholding. However, the company does not believe such purchases or transactions are issuer repurchases for the purposes of this Item 5 of this Report on Form 10-K. In addition, our stock incentive plans also permit the satisfaction of tax obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock through stock withholding. There were no shares withheld in fiscal year 2018.

25



 
Shareholder Return Performance Presentation
 
The line graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of the S&P 500, Meritor, Inc. and the peer group of companies for the period from September 30, 2013 to September 30, 2018, assuming a fixed investment of $100 at the respective closing prices on the last day of each fiscal year and reinvestment of cash dividends.

a2018item5charta01.jpg 
 
 
 
9/13
 
9/14
 
9/15
 
9/16
 
9/17
 
9/18
Meritor, Inc.
 
100.00

 
138.04

 
135.24

 
141.60

 
330.92

 
246.31

S&P 500
 
100.00

 
119.73

 
119.00

 
137.36

 
162.92

 
192.10

Peer Group(1)
 
100.00

 
101.31

 
90.30

 
106.27

 
145.43

 
125.13


(1) 
The peer group consists of representative commercial vehicle suppliers of approximately comparable products to Meritor. The peer group consists of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., Cummins Inc., Dana Incorporated, Haldex AB, Modine Manufacturing Company, SAF-Holland SA, Stoneridge, Inc., and Wabco Holdings Inc.
 
The information included under the heading "Shareholder Return Performance Presentation" is not to be treated as "soliciting material" or as "filed" with the SEC, and is not incorporated by reference into any filing by the company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is made on, before or after the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


26



Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
 
The following sets forth selected consolidated financial data. The data should be read in conjunction with the information included under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below.
 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in millions, except per share amounts)
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Sales
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer (1)
$
3,325

 
$
2,606

 
$
2,465

 
$
2,747

 
$
2,957

Aftermarket & Industrial (1)
1,024

 
900

 
886

 
935

 
1,017

Intersegment Sales (1)
(171
)
 
(159
)
 
(152
)
 
(177
)
 
(208
)
Total Sales
$
4,178


$
3,347

 
$
3,199

 
$
3,505

 
$
3,766

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Income
$
317

 
$
207

 
$
204

 
$
128

 
$
217

Income Before Income Taxes
278

 
381

 
155

 
67

 
315

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
(9
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(5
)
Net Income Attributable to Meritor, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Income from Continuing Operations
$
120

 
$
325

 
$
577

 
$
65

 
$
279

Loss from Discontinued Operations
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
 
(1
)
 
(30
)
Net Income
$
117

 
$
324

 
$
573

 
$
64

 
$
249

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
1.37

 
$
3.69

 
$
6.40

 
$
0.67

 
$
2.86

Discontinued Operations
(0.03
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.04
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.31
)
Basic Earnings per Share
$
1.34

 
$
3.68

 
$
6.36

 
$
0.66

 
$
2.55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
1.31

 
$
3.60

 
$
6.27

 
$
0.65

 
$
2.81

Discontinued Operations
(0.03
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.04
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.30
)
Diluted Earnings per Share
$
1.28

 
$
3.59

 
$
6.23

 
$
0.64

 
$
2.51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL POSITION AT SEPTEMBER 30
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Total Assets (2)
$
2,726

 
$
2,782

 
$
2,494

 
$
2,195

 
$
2,485

Short-term Debt
94

 
288

 
14

 
15

 
7

Long-term Debt (2)
730

 
750

 
982

 
1,036

 
948


27



(1) 
Fiscal years 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
(2) 
Fiscal year 2014 has been recast to reflect the early adoption of ASU 2015-03, Interest — Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Meritor, Inc. in the selected financial data presented above includes the following items specific to the period of occurrence (in millions):
 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Pretax items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring costs
$
(6
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$
(16
)
 
$
(16
)
 
$
(10
)
Asset impairment charges
(3
)
 
(4
)
 

 
(2
)
 

Goodwill impairment charges

 

 

 
(15
)
 

Impact of pension settlement losses and curtailment gain
(6
)
 

 

 
(59
)
 
15

Antitrust settlement with Eaton (including recovery of past legal fees)

 

 

 

 
209

Gain on sale of equity investment

 
243

 

 

 

Specific warranty contingency, net of supplier recovery

 

 

 

 
8

Loss on debt extinguishment
(8
)
 
(36
)
 

 
(25
)
 
(31
)
Asbestos-related liability remeasurement
(79
)
 
(4
)
 
(4
)
 
(1
)
 
(20
)
Asbestos-related insurance settlements, net
43

 
13

 
30

 

 

Supplier litigation settlement

 

 
6

 

 

Legal settlement charge related to joint venture

 
(10
)
 

 

 

Non-operating gains, net

 

 

 
5

 

After tax items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax valuation allowance reversal, net and other (1)
7

 
68

 
454

 
16

 

U.S. tax reform impacts (2)
(89
)
 

 

 

 

(1) 
The fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 includes a $9 million reversal of a Brazil valuation allowance, partially offset by a $2 million increase in valuation allowances for certain U.S. state jurisdictions. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 includes non-cash income tax benefit (expense) of $52 million related to the partial reversal of the U.S. valuation allowance, $15 million related to capital losses associated with the sale of equity investment and $1 million related to other correlated tax relief. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 includes non-cash income tax benefit (expense) of $438 million related to the partial reversal of the U.S. valuation allowance, ($9) million related to the establishment of a valuation allowance in Brazil and $25 million related to other correlated tax relief. The fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 includes non-cash income tax benefit of $16 million related to the reversal of valuation allowances in Germany, Italy, Mexico and Sweden.
(2) 
The fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 includes $57 million of non-cash tax expense related to the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the U.S. tax reform and $26 million of non-cash tax expense related to one-time deemed repatriation of accumulated foreign earnings and $6 million of non-cash tax expense related to other adjustments.

Loss from discontinued operations attributable to Meritor, Inc. in the selected financial data presented above includes the following items specific to the period of occurrence (in millions):
 

 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Pretax items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Loss on divestitures of businesses, net
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
(23
)
        Litigation settlement

 

 
(3
)
 

 


28



Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations.
 
Overview
 
Headquartered in Troy, Michigan, we are a premier global supplier of a broad range of integrated systems, modules and components to OEMs and the aftermarket for the commercial vehicle, transportation and industrial sectors. We serve commercial truck, trailer, military, bus and coach, construction, and other industrial OEMs and certain aftermarkets. Meritor common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol MTOR.

Our sales for fiscal year 2018 were $4,178 million, an increase compared to $3,347 million in the prior year. The increase in sales was driven primarily by higher production in all of our major markets. Sales for the year were also favorably impacted by revenue outperformance, primarily through increased market share and new business wins, as well as the Fabco business we acquired in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.
 
Net income attributable to Meritor for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 was $117 million and $324 million, respectively. The decrease in net income attributable to Meritor was due primarily to a $243 million gain on sale of an equity method investment in fiscal year 2017 that did not repeat, and higher tax expense as a result of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("U.S. tax reform") of $89 million in fiscal year 2018. The decrease was partially offset by conversion on increased revenue and lower interest expense driven primarily by the decrease in fixed-rate debt as a result of capital markets transactions completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.

Net income from continuing operations attributable to the company for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 was $120 million and $325 million, respectively. Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to the company for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 was $276 million and $170 million, respectively (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures below).

Adjusted EBITDA (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures below) for fiscal year 2018 was $474 million compared to $347 million in fiscal year 2017. Our adjusted EBITDA margin (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures below) in fiscal year 2018 was 11.3 percent compared to 10.4 percent in the same period a year ago. Higher adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin year over year were driven primarily by conversion on higher revenue, $42 million of lower pension and retiree medical benefits and a one time $10 million legal charge related to a dispute with a joint venture in the prior year that did not repeat. These increases were partially offset by $27 million of Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems ("Meritor WABCO") affiliate earnings in the prior year that did not repeat and a $9 million increase to our environmental reserve in the current year, related to remediation of a previously disposed property.

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $251 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $176 million in the prior fiscal year. Higher earnings, combined with lower retiree medical benefit payments and reduced cash interest, helped drive cash flow performance in fiscal year 2018. The increase was partially offset by an increase in working capital needed to support revenue growth.

Repurchase Authorizations

On November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock and up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of any of our debt securities (including convertible debt securities), in each case from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. These authorizations supersede the remaining authority under the prior July 2016 repurchase authorizations.

On July 21, 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of our Common Stock and up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of any of our debt securities (including convertible debt securities), in each case from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, until September 30, 2019, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. During fiscal year 2018, we repurchased 4.5 million shares of common stock for $100 million (including commission costs) pursuant to this authorization. Certain of these shares were repurchased under a 10b5-1 stock repurchase plan. Repurchases under the common stock repurchase authorization was complete as of September 30, 2018.






29



U.K. Pension Settlement
The U.K. pension program provides participants with the election to receive a lump-sum settlement of their remaining pension benefit that, if accepted, would settle our obligation to them. We recognized a $6 million settlement loss during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 associated with these payouts.

Acquisition of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc.
On April 30, 2018, we acquired substantially all of the assets of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("AAG") for a cash purchase price of approximately $35 million. The AAG acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. AAG provided low-to-medium volume batch manufacturing for complex gear and shaft applications, as well as quick-turnaround prototyping solutions and emergency plant support. AAG had developed relationships with some of the world’s leading manufacturers across a wide range of attractive end markets including agriculture, construction, heavy truck, diversified industrial and automotive.

Reportable Segment Changes
On March 12, 2018, we announced a realignment of our operations to further drive our long-term strategic objectives while also assigning new responsibilities as part of our commitment to leadership development. As part of this realignment, our reportable segments changed. As of the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, our reportable segments are (1) Commercial Truck & Trailer and (2) Aftermarket & Industrial. Prior year reportable segment financial results have been recast for these changes.

U.S. Tax Reform
On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the U.S. tax reform, which made significant changes to the U.S. tax code. The U.S tax reform made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affected our fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate and requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The U.S. tax reform reduced the federal corporate tax rate to 21 percent in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Section 15 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, stipulates that our fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 will have a blended corporate tax rate of 24.5 percent, which is based on the applicable tax rates before and after the U.S. tax reform and the number of days in the year.
Specifically, we have included discrete tax expense in the financial statements related to provisional amounts under Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 118 for the net impact on the revaluation of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the federal income tax rate reduction from 35 percent to 21 percent. Additionally, we have estimated our liability and included provisional amounts for the one-time transition tax as a discrete tax expense. We elected to offset the liability associated with this transition tax by utilizing foreign tax credit carryovers. The revaluation of the deferred tax assets, the transition tax and other tax reform adjustments resulted in a non-cash charge of $89 million during fiscal year 2018.
We have not accounted for the tax impacts related to Global Intangible Low Tax Income ("GILTI"), Base Erosion Anti Abuse Tax ("BEAT") or Foreign Derived Intangible Income ("FDII") regimes or any of the other provisions of the U.S. tax reform that are not effective until fiscal year 2019. We have elected to treat GILTI as a period cost and, therefore, have not recognized basis differences that may reverse as GILTI in future periods.

Debt Redemption
On November 2, 2017, we redeemed the remaining $175 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 6.75 percent notes due 2021 (the "6.75 Percent Notes") pursuant to a special authorization of the Board of Directors. The redemption resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $8 million. The loss on debt extinguishment is included in Interest expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations.


30



Trends and Uncertainties

 Industry Production Volumes

 The following table reflects estimated on-highway commercial truck production volumes for selected original equipment (OE) markets based on available sources and management's estimates.
 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Estimated Commercial Truck production (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North America, Heavy-Duty Trucks
308


237


253


328


281

North America, Medium-Duty Trucks
264


246


239


235


220

North America, Trailers
313

 
282

 
292

 
303

 
254

Western Europe, Heavy- and Medium-Duty Trucks
482


471


449


399


395

South America, Heavy- and Medium-Duty Trucks
102


73


61


89


156

India, Heavy- and Medium-Duty Trucks
445

 
313

 
339

 
287

 
216

North America:
Production volumes in the second half of fiscal year 2018 increased significantly from the production levels experienced in fiscal year 2017. We expect these production levels to continue into the first half of fiscal year 2019, increasing overall production levels year over year.
Western Europe:
During fiscal year 2018, production volumes in Western Europe were relatively consistent with the levels experienced in fiscal year 2017. We expect fiscal year 2019 production volumes to remain relatively consistent with the levels experienced in fiscal year 2018.
South America:
During fiscal year 2018, production volumes in South America increased significantly from the levels experienced in fiscal year 2017. We expect fiscal year 2019 production volumes to increase from the levels experienced in fiscal year 2018.
China:
During fiscal year 2018, production volumes in China increased significantly from the levels experienced in fiscal year 2017 primarily due to improvements in the construction market. We expect fiscal year 2019 production volumes in China to remain relatively consistent with the levels experienced in fiscal year 2018.
India:
During fiscal year 2018, production volumes in India increased significantly from the levels experienced in fiscal year 2017. We expect fiscal year 2019 production volumes in India to increase slightly from the levels experienced in fiscal year 2018.
Industry-Wide Issues
Our business continues to address a number of challenging industry-wide issues, including the following:
Uncertainty around the global market outlook;
Volatility in price and availability of steel, components and other commodities;
Potential for disruptions in the financial markets and their impact on the availability and cost of credit;
Volatile energy and transportation costs;
Impact of currency exchange rate volatility; and

31



Consolidation and globalization of OEMs and their suppliers.
Other
Other significant factors that could affect our results and liquidity include:
Significant contract awards or losses of existing contracts or failure to negotiate acceptable terms in contract renewals;
Ability to successfully launch a significant number of new products, including potential product quality issues, and obtain new business;
Ability to manage possible adverse effects on our European operations, or financing arrangements related thereto, following the United Kingdom's decision to exit the European Union, or in the event one or more other countries exit the European monetary union;
Ability to further implement planned productivity, cost reduction, and other margin improvement initiatives;
Ability to successfully execute and implement strategic initiatives;
Ability to work with our customers to manage rapidly changing production volumes;
Ability to recover, and timing of recovery of, steel price and other cost increases from our customers;
Any unplanned extended shutdowns or production interruptions by us, our customers or our suppliers;
A significant deterioration or slowdown in economic activity in the key markets in which we operate;
Competitively driven price reductions to our customers;
Potential price increases from our suppliers;
Additional restructuring actions and the timing and recognition of restructuring charges, including any actions associated with prolonged softness in markets in which we operate;
Higher-than-planned warranty expenses, including the outcome of known or potential recall campaigns;
Uncertainties of asbestos claim, environmental and other legal proceedings, the long-term solvency of our insurance carriers, and the potential for higher-than-anticipated costs resulting from environmental liabilities, including those related to site remediation;
Significant pension costs; and
Restrictive government actions (such as restrictions on transfer of funds and trade protection measures, including import and export duties, quotas and customs duties and tariffs).

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
In addition to the results reported in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"), we have provided information regarding non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures include adjusted income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to the company, adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, segment adjusted EBITDA, segment adjusted EBITDA margin, free cash flow and net debt.
Adjusted income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to the company and adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations are defined as reported income (loss) from continuing operations and reported diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations before restructuring expenses, asset impairment charges, non-cash tax expense, including the use of deferred tax assets in jurisdictions with net operating loss carry forwards or tax credits, and other special items as determined by management. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-controlling interests in consolidated joint ventures, loss on sale of receivables, restructuring expenses, asset impairment charges and other special items as determined by management. Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as adjusted EBITDA divided by consolidated sales from continuing operations. Segment adjusted EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, noncontrolling interests in consolidated joint ventures, loss on sale of receivables, restructuring expense, asset impairment charges and other special items as determined by management. Segment adjusted EBITDA excludes unallocated legacy and corporate expense (income), net. Segment adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as segment adjusted EBITDA divided by consolidated sales from

32



continuing operations, either in the aggregate or by segment as applicable. Free cash flow is defined as cash flows provided by (used for) operating activities less capital expenditures. Net debt is defined as total debt less cash and cash equivalents.
Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to both management and investors in their analysis of the company's financial position and results of operations. In particular, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, segment adjusted EBITDA, segment adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to the company and adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations are meaningful measures of performance to investors as they are commonly utilized to analyze financial performance in our industry, perform analytical comparisons, benchmark performance between periods and measure our performance against externally communicated targets.
Free cash flow is used by investors and management to analyze our ability to service and repay debt and return value directly to shareholders. Net debt over adjusted EBITDA is a specific financial measure in our current M2019 plan used to measure the company’s leverage in order to assist management in its assessment of appropriate allocation of capital.
Management uses the aforementioned non-GAAP financial measures for planning and forecasting purposes, and segment adjusted EBITDA is also used as the primary basis for the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") to evaluate the performance of each of our reportable segments.
Our Board of Directors uses adjusted EBITDA margin, free cash flow, adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations and net debt over adjusted EBITDA as key metrics to determine management’s performance under our performance-based compensation plans.
Adjusted income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to the company, adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, segment adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA margin should not be considered a substitute for the reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of our financial performance. Free cash flow should not be considered a substitute for cash provided by (used for) operating activities, or other cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of financial position or liquidity. In addition, this non-GAAP cash flow measure does not reflect cash used to repay debt or cash received from the divestitures of businesses or sales of other assets and thus does not reflect funds available for investment or other discretionary uses. Net debt should not be considered a substitute for total debt as reported on the balance sheet. These non-GAAP financial measures, as determined and presented by the company, may not be comparable to related or similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Set forth below are reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to the company and adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations are reconciled to income from continuing operations attributable to the company and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations below (in millions, except per share amounts).
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Income from continuing operations attributable to the company
$
120

 
$
325

 
$
577

Restructuring costs 
6

 
6

 
16

Loss on debt extinguishment
8

 
36

 

Asset impairment charges, net of noncontrolling interests
3

 
3

 

Gain on sale of equity investment

 
(243
)
 

Non-cash tax expense (1)
36

 
37

 
13

U.S. tax reform impacts (2)
89

 

 

Tax valuation allowance reversal, net and other (3)
(7
)
 
(68
)
 
(454
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (4)
(10
)
 
74

 
(1
)
Pension settlement loss (5)
6

 

 

Asbestos related items (6)
25

 

 

Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to the company
$
276


$
170

 
$
151

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
$
1.31

 
$
3.60

 
$
6.27

Impact of adjustments on diluted earnings per share
1.72

 
(1.72
)
 
(4.63
)
Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
$
3.03

 
$
1.88

 
$
1.64


33




(1) Represents tax expense including the use of deferred tax assets in jurisdictions with net operating loss carry forwards or tax credits.
(2) The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $57 million of non-cash tax expense related to the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the U.S. tax reform and $26 million of non-cash tax expense related to the one-time deemed repatriation of accumulated foreign earnings and $6 million of non-cash tax expense related to other adjustments.
(3) The year ended September 30, 2018 includes a $9 million reversal of a Brazil valuation allowance, partially offset by a $2 million increase in valuation allowances for certain U.S. state jurisdictions. The year ended September 30, 2017 includes non-cash income tax benefit (expense) of $52 million related to the partial reversal of the U.S. valuation allowance, $15 million related to capital losses associated with the sale of an equity investment and $1 million related to other correlated tax relief. The year ended September 30, 2016 includes non-cash income tax benefit (expense) of $438 million related to the partial reversal of the U.S. valuation allowance, ($9) million related to the establishment of a valuation allowance in Brazil and $25 million related to other correlated tax relief.
(4) The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $2 million of income tax benefits related to the loss on debt extinguishment, $6 million of asbestos related items, $1 million restructuring and $1 million of asset impairment. The year ended September 30, 2017 includes $89 million of income tax expense related to the gain on sale of an equity investment, $14 million of income tax benefit related to the loss on debt extinguishment and $1 million of income tax benefits related to other adjustments.
(5) The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $6 million related to the U.K. pension settlement loss.
(6) The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $25 million related to the change in estimate resulting from change in estimated forecast horizon and the 2018 asbestos insurance settlement.
Free cash flow is reconciled to cash flows provided by operating activities below (in millions).
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash provided by operating activities
$
251

 
$
176

 
$
204

Capital expenditures
(104
)
 
(95
)
 
(93
)
Free cash flow
$
147

 
$
81

 
$
111


34



Adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA are reconciled to net income attributable to Meritor, Inc. below (in millions).

 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net income attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
117

 
$
324

 
$
573

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, attributable to Meritor, Inc.
3

 
1

 
4

Income from continuing operations, net of tax, attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
120

 
$
325

 
$
577

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net
67

 
119

 
84

Gain on sale of equity investment

 
(243
)
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
149

 
52

 
(424
)
Depreciation and amortization
84

 
75

 
67

Restructuring costs
6

 
6

 
16

Asbestos related items
25

 

 

Pension settlement loss
6

 

 

Loss on sale of receivables
5

 
5

 
5

Asset impairment charges
3

 
4

 

Noncontrolling interests
9

 
4

 
2

Adjusted EBITDA
$
474

 
$
347

 
$
327

 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)
11.3
%
 
10.4
%
 
10.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unallocated legacy and corporate expense (income), net (2)
13

 
3

 
(4
)
Segment adjusted EBITDA
$
487

 
$
350

 
$
323

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer (3)
 
 
 
 
 
Segment adjusted EBITDA
$
345

 
$
234

 
$
207

Segment adjusted EBITDA margin (4)
10.4
%
 
9.0
%
 
8.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aftermarket & Industrial (3)
 
 
 
 
 
Segment adjusted EBITDA
$
142

 
$
116

 
$
116

Segment adjusted EBITDA margin(4)
13.9
%
 
12.9
%
 
13.1
%
(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin equals adjusted EBITDA divided by consolidated sales from continuing operations.
(2) Unallocated legacy and corporate expense (income), net represents items that are not directly related to the company's business segments. These items primarily include asbestos-related charges and settlements, pension and retiree medical costs associated with sold businesses, and other legacy costs for environmental and product liability.
(3) Amounts for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
(4) Segment adjusted EBITDA margin equals segment adjusted EBITDA divided by consolidated sales from continuing operations, either in the aggregate or by segment as applicable.


35



Net debt is reconciled to total debt below (dollars in millions).
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Short-term debt (1)
$
94

 
$
288

Long-term debt
730

 
750

Total debt
824

 
1,038

Less: Cash and cash equivalents
(115
)
 
(88
)
Net debt
$
709

 
$
950

(1) In the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, we redeemed the remaining $175 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the 6.75 Percent Notes. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, the 4.0 percent convertible notes due 2027 were classified as short-term as the securities are redeemable at the option of the holder as of February 15, 2019.
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Adjusted EBITDA
$
474

 
$
347

 
 
 
 
Net debt over adjusted EBITDA
1.5

 
2.7



36



Non-Consolidated Joint Ventures
 
At September 30, 2018, our continuing operations included investments in joint ventures that are not majority owned or controlled and are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Our investments in non-consolidated joint ventures totaled $102 million at September 30, 2018 and $101 million at September 30, 2017.

These strategic alliances provide for sales, product design, development and/or manufacturing in certain product and geographic areas. Aggregate sales of our non-consolidated joint ventures were $1,101 million, $1,156 million and $1,101 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Our equity in the earnings of affiliates was $27 million, $48 million and $36 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease in equity in earnings of affiliates for fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017 was primarily attributable to Meritor WABCO earnings that were included in fiscal year 2017 results but not in fiscal year 2018. Our equity in the earnings of Meritor WABCO was $27 million and $26 million in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively. We received cash dividends from our affiliates of $17 million, $44 million and $37 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We received cash dividends from Meritor WABCO of $36 million in fiscal year 2017, which includes a $8 million final partnership distribution received immediately prior to closing of the sale transaction on October 1, 2017, and $33 million in fiscal year 2016.

For more information about our non-consolidated joint ventures, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Results of Operations

Fiscal Year 2018 Compared to Fiscal Year 2017
 
Sales
 
The following table reflects total company and business segment sales for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 (dollars in millions). The reconciliation is intended to reflect the trend in business segment sales and to illustrate the impact that changes in foreign currency exchange rates, volumes and other factors had on sales. Business segment sales include intersegment sales.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dollar Change Due To
 
2018
 
2017 (1)
 
Dollar
Change
 
%
Change
 
Currency
 
Volume/ Other
Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            North America
$
1,696

 
$
1,292

 
$
404

 
31
 %
 
$

 
$
404

            Europe
715

 
607

 
108

 
18
 %
 
42

 
66

            South America
224

 
168

 
56

 
33
 %
 
(18
)
 
74

     China
196

 
127

 
69

 
54
 %
 
9

 
60

     India
231

 
184

 
47

 
26
 %
 
(3
)
 
50

     Other
109

 
89

 
20

 
22
 %
 

 
20

          Total External Sales
$
3,171

 
$
2,467

 
$
704

 
29
 %
 
$
30

 
$
674

            Intersegment Sales
154

 
139

 
15

 
11
 %
 
7

 
8

          Total Sales
$
3,325

 
$
2,606

 
$
719

 
28
 %
 
$
37

 
$
682

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aftermarket & Industrial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            North America
$
886

 
$
772

 
$
114

 
15
 %
 
$
2

 
$
112

            Europe
121

 
108

 
13

 
12
 %
 
8

 
5

          Total External Sales
$
1,007

 
$
880

 
$
127

 
14
 %
 
$
10

 
$
117

            Intersegment Sales
17

 
20

 
(3
)
 
(15
)%
 
9

 
(12
)
          Total Sales
$
1,024

 
$
900

 
$
124

 
14
 %
 
$
19

 
$
105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total External Sales
$
4,178

 
$
3,347

 
$
831

 
25
 %
 
$
40

 
$
791


37



(1)Amounts for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
Commercial Truck & Trailer sales were $3,325 million in fiscal year 2018, up 28 percent from fiscal year 2017. The increase in sales was driven primarily by higher production in all of our major markets, as well as market share increases and new business wins.
 
Aftermarket & Industrial sales were $1,024 million in fiscal year 2018, up 14 percent from fiscal year 2017. The increase in sales was driven primarily by higher volumes in our Industrial business and revenue from the Fabco business we acquired in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.
 
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
 
Cost of sales primarily represents material, labor and overhead production costs associated with the company’s products and production facilities. Cost of sales for fiscal year 2018 was $3,524 million compared to $2,863 million in the prior year, representing a 23 percent increase, primarily driven by increased sales revenue. Total cost of sales was approximately 84.3 percent of sales for fiscal year 2018 compared to approximately 85.5 percent for the prior fiscal year.
 
The following table summarizes significant factors contributing to the changes in costs of sales during fiscal year 2018 compared to the prior fiscal year (in millions):
  
 
Cost of Sales
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2017
$
2,863

Volumes, mix and other, net
641

Foreign exchange
20

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2018
$
3,524


Changes in the components of cost of sales year over year are summarized as follows (in millions):

 
Change in Cost of Sales
Higher material costs
$
569

Higher labor and overhead costs
118

Other, net
(26
)
Total change in costs of sales
$
661

Material costs represent the majority of our cost of sales and include raw materials, composed primarily of steel and purchased components. Material costs increased by $569 million compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higher volumes.
 
Labor and overhead costs increased by $118 million compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higher volumes.

Other, net decreased by $26 million compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to lower retiree medical expense.

Gross margin for fiscal year 2018 was $654 million compared to $484 million in fiscal year 2017. Gross margin, as a percentage of sales, was 15.7 percent and 14.5 percent for fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively. Gross margin as a percentage of sales increased due primarily to conversion on higher sales and lower pension and retiree medical expense.
 

38



Other Income Statement Items
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

 
2018
 
2017
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
Amount
 
% of sales
 
Amount
 
% of sales
 
 
 
 
SG&A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on sale of receivables
$
(5
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
$
(5
)
 
(0.2
)%
 
$

 
(0.1
) pts
Short- and long-term variable compensation
(60
)
 
(1.4
)%
 
(51
)
 
(1.5
)%
 
$
9

 
(0.1
) pts
Asbestos-related liability remeasurement
(79
)
 
(1.9
)%
 
(4
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
$
75

 
1.8
  pts
Asbestos-related expense, net of asbestos related insurance recoveries
52

 
1.2
 %
 
(10
)
 
(0.3
)%
 
$
(62
)
 
(1.5
) pts
2017 Legal settlement charge

 
 %
 
(10
)
 
(0.3
)%
 
$
(10
)
 
(0.3
) pts
All other SG&A
(225
)
 
(5.4
)%
 
(184
)
 
(5.5
)%
 
$
41

 
(0.1
) pts
Total SG&A
$
(317
)
 
(7.6
)%
 
$
(264
)
 
(7.9
)%
 
$
53

 
(0.3
) pts

Asbestos-related liability remeasurement
In fiscal year 2018, we recorded a $79 million charge related to the change in estimate resulting from the change in estimated forecast horizon for estimating pending and future asbestos claims (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).

Asbestos-related expense, net of asbestos related insurance recoveries
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, we entered into a settlement agreement with an insurer associated with Rockwell International Corporation ("Rockwell") asbestos liabilities to resolve disputed coverage resulting from asbestos claims. As a result, we recognized $31 million in probable recoveries of defense and indemnity costs related to that settlement agreement and from the change in estimate to the estimated forecast horizon (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). For the full fiscal year 2018, because we changed our estimated forecast horizon, we recognized an additional $32 million related to previous settlements with other insurance companies for probable recoveries of defense and indemnity costs associated with asbestos liabilities resulting from the change in estimate to the estimated forecast horizon (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). We recognized $13 million related to previous cash settlements with insurance companies for recoveries of defense and indemnity costs associated with asbestos liabilities in fiscal years 2017.

Litigation Settlements
We recognized a $10 million charge for a legal settlement related to a dispute with a joint venture in the second quarter of fiscal year 2017 (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).

All other SG&A
All other SG&A, which represents normal selling, general and administrative expense, increased to support new programs and growth initiatives, but decreased as a percentage of sales.

Restructuring costs were $6 million in fiscal years 2018 and 2017. In fiscal years 2018 and 2017, these costs primarily related to employee severance costs recognized by our Aftermarket & Industrial segment.

Other operating expense, net was $14 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $7 million in fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018, these costs primarily related to environmental remediation. In fiscal year 2017, $4 million related to impairment charges and $3 million related to environmental remediation costs. Of the $4 million of impairment charges, $3 million was the result of the carrying value of a business, classified as held for sale, exceeding its fair value less costs to sell in fiscal year 2017.

Operating income for fiscal year 2018 was $317 million, compared to $207 million in fiscal year 2017. Key items affecting income are discussed above.

39




Gain on sale of equity investment of $243 million was recognized in fiscal year 2017 associated with the sale of our 50 percent ownership interest in Meritor WABCO in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.
 
Equity in earnings of affiliates was $27 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $48 million in the prior year. The decrease in equity in earnings of affiliates was primarily driven by Meritor WABCO earnings that were included in fiscal year 2017 results but not in fiscal year 2018. This decrease was partially offset by improved earnings in our remaining joint ventures.

Interest expense, net was $67 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $119 million in fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018, we recognized an approximately $8 million loss on debt extinguishment, which is included in Interest expense, net, related to the redemption of our 6.75 Percent Notes. The decrease in Interest expense, net was primarily attributable to the decrease in fixed-rate debt as a result of capital markets transactions completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, which lowered our total average debt balance and associated weighted average interest rate, as well as the benefits of cross-currency swaps entered into during the third quarter of fiscal year 2018. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we recognized approximately $5 million loss on debt extinguishment, related to the redemption of our 6.75 percent notes due 2021. In addition, we recognized approximately $23 million and $8 million losses on debt extinguishment related to the repurchase of our 7.875 percent convertible senior notes due 2026 and 4.0 percent convertible senior notes due 2027, respectively, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017. The loss on debt extinguishment related to these repurchases is included in Interest expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Provision for income taxes was $149 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $52 million in fiscal year 2017. The year-over-year increase in tax expense was primarily driven by $57 million of non-cash tax expense related to the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the U.S. tax reform and $26 million of non-cash tax expense related to the one-time deemed repatriation of accumulated foreign earnings, which has no cash impact due to the use of foreign tax credits. Also, a tax planning strategy was implemented that resulted in a $4 million tax benefit from the reversal of a tax valuation allowance in Sweden.

Income from continuing operations (before noncontrolling interests) for fiscal year 2018 was $129 million compared to $329 million in fiscal year 2017. The reasons for the decrease are discussed above.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax for fiscal year 2018 was $3 million compared to $1 million in the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to changes in estimates related to legal costs incurred in connection with a previously divested business.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $9 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $4 million in fiscal year 2017. Noncontrolling interests represent our minority partners’ share of income or loss associated with our less than 100 percent-owned consolidated subsidiaries. The increase was primarily attributable to higher production in these subsidiaries' respective markets.
 
Net Income attributable to Meritor, Inc. was $117 million for fiscal year 2018 compared to $324 million for fiscal year 2017. Various factors affecting the decrease in net income were previously discussed.
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins

The following table reflects segment adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA margins for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 (dollars in millions).

 
Segment adjusted EBITDA
 
Segment adjusted EBITDA Margins
 
2018
 
2017 (1)
 
Change
 
2018
 
2017 (1)
 
Change
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
345

 
$
234

 
$
111

 
10.4
%
 
9.0
%
 
1.4
Aftermarket & Industrial
142

 
116

 
26

 
13.9
%
 
12.9
%
 
1.0
Segment adjusted EBITDA
$
487

 
$
350

 
$
137

 
11.7
%
 
10.5
%
 
1.2
(1)Amounts for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.

40



Significant items impacting year-over-year segment adjusted EBITDA include the following (in millions):
 
Commercial
Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket
& Industrial
 
TOTAL
Segment adjusted EBITDA–Year ended September 30, 2017 (1)
$
234

 
$
116

 
$
350

Lower earnings from sale of interest in Meritor WABCO joint venture
(27
)
 

 
(27
)
Higher earnings from unconsolidated affiliates
6

 

 
6

Higher short- and long-term variable compensation
(9
)
 
(3
)
 
(12
)
2017 litigation settlements
10

 

 
10

       Lower pension and retiree medical expense, net
13

 
29

 
42

Volume, mix, performance and other
118

 

 
118

Segment adjusted EBITDA – Year ended September 30, 2018
$
345

 
$
142

 
$
487

(1)Amounts for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.

Commercial Truck & Trailer Segment adjusted EBITDA was $345 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $234 million in the prior fiscal year. Segment adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 10.4 percent in fiscal year 2018 compared to 9.0 percent in the prior fiscal year. The increases in segment adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA margin were driven primarily by conversion on higher revenue, the favorable impact of changes to retiree medical benefits and a one-time legal charge related to a dispute with a joint venture in the prior year that did not repeat, partially offset by lower affiliate earnings arising from the sale of our interest in the Meritor WABCO joint venture in the previous year and higher variable compensation.

Aftermarket & Industrial Segment adjusted EBITDA was $142 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $116 in the prior fiscal year. Segment adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 13.9 percent in fiscal year 2018 compared to 12.9 percent in fiscal year 2017. The increases in both segment adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA margin were driven by the favorable impact of changes to retiree medical benefits and conversion on higher sales, partially offset by higher material and freight costs, primarily in our aftermarket business.

41




Fiscal Year 2017 Compared to Fiscal Year 2016
 
Sales
 
The following table reflects total company and business segment sales for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 (dollars in millions). The reconciliation is intended to reflect the trend in business segment sales and to illustrate the impact that changes in foreign currency exchange rates, volumes and other factors had on sales. Business segment sales include intersegment sales.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dollar Change Due To
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 
Dollar
Change
 
%
Change
 
Currency
 
Volume/ Other
Sales:
 
 
 
 


 


 
 
 
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer
 
 
 
 


 


 
 
 
 
            North America
$
1,292

 
$
1,321

 
$
(29
)
 
(2
)%
 
$

 
$
(29
)
            Europe
607

 
559

 
48

 
9
 %
 
(7
)
 
55

            South America
168

 
130

 
38

 
29
 %
 
17

 
21

     China
127

 
84

 
43

 
51
 %
 
(5
)
 
48

     India
184

 
152

 
32

 
21
 %
 
3

 
29

     Other
89

 
86

 
3

 
3
 %
 
2

 
1

          Total External Sales
$
2,467

 
$
2,332

 
$
135

 
6
 %
 
$
10

 
$
125

            Intersegment Sales
139

 
133

 
6

 
5
 %
 
(3
)
 
9

          Total Sales
$
2,606

 
$
2,465

 
$
141

 
6
 %
 
$
7

 
$
134

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aftermarket & Industrial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            North America
$
772

 
$
753

 
$
19

 
3
 %
 
$
(1
)
 
$
20

            Europe
108

 
114

 
(6
)
 
(5
)%
 

 
(6
)
          Total External Sales
$
880

 
$
867

 
$
13

 
1
 %
 
$
(1
)
 
$
14

            Intersegment Sales
20

 
19

 
1

 
5
 %
 

 
1

          Total Sales
$
900

 
$
886

 
$
14

 
2
 %
 
$
(1
)
 
$
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total External Sales
$
3,347

 
$
3,199

 
$
148

 
5
 %
 
$
9

 
$
139

(1)Amounts for the years ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
Commercial Truck & Trailer sales were $2,606 million in fiscal year 2017, up 6 percent from fiscal year 2016. The increase in sales was driven by increased production in Europe, South America and China and by new business wins. The increase more than offset lower class 8 truck production in North America and India and our trailer business.
 
Aftermarket & Industrial sales were $900 million in fiscal year 2017, up 2 percent from fiscal year 2016. The increase in sales was primarily driven by higher sales in our Industrial business.
 
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
 
Cost of sales primarily represents material, labor and overhead production costs associated with the company’s products and production facilities. Cost of sales for fiscal year 2017 was $2,863 million compared to $2,763 million in the prior year, representing a 3.6 percent increase, primarily driven by increased sales revenue. Total cost of sales was approximately 85.5 percent of sales for fiscal year 2017 compared to approximately 86.4 percent for the prior fiscal year.
 

42



The following table summarizes significant factors contributing to the changes in costs of sales during fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior fiscal year (in millions):
 
 
Cost of Sales
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2016
$
2,763

Volumes, mix and other, net
106

Foreign exchange
(6
)
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2017
$
2,863


Changes in the components of cost of sales year over year are summarized as follows (in millions):

 
Change in Cost of Sales
Higher material costs
$
73

Higher labor and overhead costs
41

Other, net
(14
)
Total change in costs of sales
$
100

Material costs represent the majority of our cost of sales and include raw materials, composed primarily of steel and purchased components. Material costs increased by $73 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higher volumes and higher steel prices, partially offset by material performance programs.
 
Labor and overhead costs increased by $41 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higher sales revenue, partially offset by savings associated with labor and burden cost reduction programs.

Other, net decreased by $14 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily driven by hedge impacts and net foreign currency transaction gains.

Gross margin for fiscal year 2017 was $484 million compared to $436 million in fiscal year 2016. Gross margin, as a percentage of sales, was 14.5 percent and 13.6 percent for fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively. Gross margin as a percentage of sales increased due to the impacts of higher sales and continued material, labor and burden performance programs.
 
Other Income Statement Items
 
SG&A for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
Amount
 
% of sales
 
Amount
 
% of sales
 
 
 
 
SG&A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on sale of receivables
$
(5
)
 
(0.2
)%
 
$
(5
)
 
(0.2
)%
 
$

 

Short- and long-term variable compensation
(51
)
 
(1.5
)%
 
(30
)
 
(1.0
)%
 
$
21

 
0.5
  pts
Asbestos-related liability remeasurement
(4
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
(4
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
$

 

Asbestos-related expense, net of asbestos related insurance recoveries
(10
)
 
(0.3
)%
 
5

 
0.2
 %
 
$
15

 
0.5
  pts
Litigation settlements
(10
)
 
(0.3
)%
 
6

 
0.2
 %
 
$
16

 
0.5
  pts
All other SG&A
(184
)
 
(5.5
)%
 
(185
)
 
(5.8
)%
 
$
(1
)
 
(0.3
) pts
Total SG&A
$
(264
)
 
(7.9
)%
 
$
(213
)
 
(6.7
)%
 
$
51

 
1.2
  pts

Asbestos-related expense, net of asbestos related insurance recoveries
We recognized $13 million and $27 million related to previous cash settlements with insurance companies for recoveries of defense and indemnity costs associated with asbestos liabilities in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). In the fourth quarter

43



of 2016, we recognized $12 million to reflect expected reimbursement of future defense and indemnity payments under a coverage-in-place arrangement with an insurer associated with Rockwell International Corporation ("Rockwell") asbestos liabilities (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data)..

Litigation Settlements
We recognized a $10 million charge for a legal settlement related to a dispute with a joint venture in the second quarter of fiscal year 2017 (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). In fiscal year 2016, we recognized approximately $6 million related to a favorable supplier litigation settlement (refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).

Short- and long-term variable compensation
The increase in SG&A was also attributable to higher variable compensation recognized in fiscal year 2017, which is based on full-year company performance.

All other SG&A
All other SG&A, which represents normal selling, general and administrative expense decreased as a percentage of sales.

Restructuring costs were $6 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $16 million in fiscal year 2016. In fiscal year 2017, these costs primarily related to employee severance costs recognized by our Aftermarket & Industrial segment. In fiscal year 2016, $6 million of restructuring costs were recognized by our Commercial Truck & Trailer segment, $8 million by our Aftermarket & Industrial segment and $2 million by our corporate locations, primarily related to employee severance.

Other operating expense, net was $7 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $3 million in fiscal year 2016. In fiscal year 2017, $4 million related to impairment charges and $3 million related to environmental remediation costs. Of the $4 million of impairment charges, $3 million was the result of the carrying value of a business, classified as held for sale, exceeding its fair value less costs to sell in fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2016, other operating expense, net primarily related to environmental remediation costs.

Operating income for fiscal year 2017 was $207 million, compared to $204 million in fiscal year 2016. Key items affecting income are discussed above.

Gain on sale of equity investment of $243 million was recognized in fiscal year 2017 associated with the sale of our 50 percent ownership interest in Meritor WABCO in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.
 
Equity in earnings of affiliates was $48 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $36 million in the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to improved profitability of our joint venture in Mexico and improved markets is South America. Our equity in earnings of Meritor WABCO was $27 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $26 million in fiscal year 2016.

Interest expense, net was $119 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $84 million in fiscal year 2016. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we recognized approximately $5 million loss on debt extinguishment, which is included in Interest expense, net, related to the redemption of our 6.75 percent notes due 2021. In addition, we recognized an approximately $23 million and $8 million loss on debt extinguishment, related to the repurchase of our 7.875 percent convertible senior notes due 2026 and 4.0 percent convertible senior notes due 2027, respectively, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017. The loss on debt extinguishment related to these repurchases is included in Interest expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Provision for income taxes was $52 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to benefit for income taxes of $424 million in fiscal year 2016. The year-over-year increase in tax expense was primarily driven by a reversal of a portion of our valuation allowance in the U.S. resulting in a non-cash income tax benefit of $438 million in the prior year and $89 million of tax expense related to the sale of Meritor WABCO's interest in fiscal year 2017.

Income from continuing operations (before noncontrolling interests) for fiscal year 2017 was $329 million compared to $579 million in fiscal year 2016. The reasons for the decrease are discussed above.


44



Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax for fiscal year 2017 was $1 million compared to $4 million in the prior year. In fiscal year 2016, loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was primarily attributable to changes in estimates related to legal costs incurred in connection with previously divested businesses.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $4 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $2 million in fiscal year 2016. Noncontrolling interests represent our minority partners’ share of income or loss associated with our less than 100 percent-owned consolidated subsidiaries. The increase was primarily attributable to higher production in these subsidiaries' respective markets.
 
Net Income attributable to Meritor, Inc. was $324 million for fiscal year 2017 compared to $573 million for fiscal year 2016.Various factors affecting the decrease in net income were previously discussed.
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins

The following table reflects segment adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA margins for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 (dollars in millions).
 
 
Segment adjusted EBITDA
 
Segment adjusted EBITDA Margins
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 
Change
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
 
Change
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
234

 
$
207

 
$
27

 
9.0
%
 
8.4
%
 
0.6
  pts
Aftermarket & Industrial
116

 
116

 

 
12.9
%
 
13.1
%
 
(0.2
) pts
Segment adjusted EBITDA
$
350

 
$
323

 
$
27

 
10.5
%
 
10.1
%
 
0.4
  pts
(1)Amounts for the years ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
Significant items impacting year-over-year segment adjusted EBITDA include the following (in millions):

 
Commercial
Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket
& Industrial
 
TOTAL
Segment adjusted EBITDA–Year ended September 30, 2016 (1)
$
207

 
$
116

 
$
323

Higher earnings from unconsolidated affiliates
12

 

 
12

Impact of foreign currency exchange rates
11

 
1

 
12

Higher short- and long-term variable compensation
(16
)
 
(5
)
 
(21
)
Litigation settlements
(16
)
 

 
(16
)
       Lower pension and retiree medical expense, net
8

 
3

 
11

Allocated asbestos-related expense, net of allocated asbestos-related insurance recoveries
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(3
)
Volume, mix, performance and other
30

 
2

 
32

Segment adjusted EBITDA – Year ended September 30, 2017 (1)
$
234

 
$
116

 
$
350

(1)Amounts for the years ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
Commercial Truck & Trailer Segment adjusted EBITDA was $234 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $207 million in the prior fiscal year. Segment adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 9.0 percent in fiscal year 2017 compared to 8.4 percent in the prior fiscal year. The increase in segment adjusted EBITDA and segment adjusted EBITDA margin was primarily driven by increased sales revenue and strong material, labor and burden performance, which more than offset the net impact of higher steel costs and higher allocated variable compensation accruals.

Aftermarket & Industrial Segment adjusted EBITDA was $116 million in fiscal years 2017 and 2016. Segment adjusted EBITDA margin decreased to 12.9 percent in fiscal year 2017 compared to 13.1 percent in fiscal year 2016. The decrease in segment adjusted EBITDA margin was primarily driven by higher allocated variable compensation accruals partially offset by the favorable impact of changes to retiree medical benefits.

45




Cash Flows (in millions) 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
OPERATING CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
129

 
$
329

 
$
579

Depreciation and amortization
84

 
75

 
67

Loss on debt extinguishment
8

 
36

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
74

 
38

 
(415
)
Pension and retiree medical expense (benefit)
(31
)
 
11

 
20

Pension settlement loss
6

 

 

Gain on sale of equity investment

 
(243
)
 

Gain on sale of property

 

 
(2
)
Goodwill and asset impairment charges
3

 
4

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates
(27
)
 
(48
)
 
(36
)
Restructuring costs
6

 
6

 
16

Dividends received from equity method investments
17

 
44

 
37

Pension and retiree medical contributions
(21
)
 
(38
)
 
(42
)
Restructuring payments
(8
)
 
(15
)
 
(11
)
Decrease (increase) in working capital
(113
)
 
(70
)
 
28

Changes in off-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization and factoring
11

 
26

 
(31
)
Other, net
114

 
24

 
(1
)
Cash flows provided by continuing operations
252

 
179

 
209

Cash flows used for discontinued operations
(1
)
 
(3
)
 
(5
)
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
$
251

 
$
176

 
$
204


Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2018 was $251 million compared to $176 million in fiscal year 2017 and $204 million in fiscal year 2016. The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2018 was primarily driven by conversion on higher sales year over year. The decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2017, compared to fiscal year 2016 was due in part to $52 million received related to insurance settlements for recoveries for defense and indemnity costs associated with asbestos liabilities in fiscal year 2016, which did not recur in fiscal year 2017 (see Note 24 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
INVESTING CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
$
(104
)
 
$
(95
)
 
$
(93
)
Proceeds from prior year sale of equity method investment
250

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc.
(35
)
 

 

Cash paid for investment in Transportation Power, Inc.
(6
)
 

 

Proceeds from sale of a business
4

 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets
2

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of Fabco

 
(34
)
 

Other investing activities

 

 
3

Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations

 
2

 
4

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
$
111

 
$
(127
)
 
$
(86
)


46



Cash provided by investing activities was $111 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to cash used for investing activities of $127 million in fiscal year 2017 and $86 million in fiscal year 2016. The increase in cash provided by investing activities was driven by $250 million of proceeds received in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 from the sale of our interest in Meritor WABCO in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, partially offset by cash used for the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of AAG. The increase in cash used for investing activities in fiscal year 2017, compared to fiscal year 2016 is due largely to the acquisition of the product portfolio and related technologies of Fabco. Further, capital expenditures continue to increase as we invest in new product development to support our revenue growth and operational performance initiatives. Capital expenditures were $104 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $95 million in fiscal year 2017 and $93 million in fiscal year 2016.

Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations in fiscal year 2016 include $3 million for receipt of the final and fourth installments on the note receivable that was issued at the time of the sale of our Body Systems business.

 
Year September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
FINANCING CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of notes and term loan
$

 
$
(408
)
 
$
(55
)
Borrowings and Securitization
(43
)
 
89

 

Proceeds from debt issuance

 
325

 

Redemption of notes
(181
)
 
(103
)
 

Debt issuance costs

 
(12
)
 

Other financing activities
(5
)
 
(13
)
 
(16
)
Net change in debt
(229
)
 
(122
)
 
(71
)
Repurchase of common stock
(100
)
 

 
(81
)
CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES
$
(329
)
 
$
(122
)
 
$
(152
)
Cash used for financing activities was $329 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $122 million in fiscal year 2017 and $152 million in fiscal year 2016. The increase in cash used for financing activities in fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017 was primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of the $325 million principal amount of our 3.25 percent convertible senior notes due 2037 in the prior year that did not repeat in the current year and the redemption of the 6.75 Percent Notes in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. We paid $185 million to redeem $175 million principal amount of our 6.75 Percent Notes (see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). The increase in cash used for financing activities was also driven by the repurchase of 4.5 million shares of our common stock for $100 million (including commission costs) pursuant to the July 2016 equity repurchase authorization (see Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data) and a reduction in outstanding borrowings against our securitization facility in the current year.
The decrease in cash used for financing activities in fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was driven by differences in financing activity each year. In fiscal year 2017, cash was provided by financing activities through the issuance of $325 million principal amount of our 3.25 percent convertible senior notes due 2037 and outstanding borrowings against our securitization facility of $89 million. The net proceeds from the offering of the 3.25 percent convertible senior notes due 2037 were used, together with cash on hand, to repurchase portions of our outstanding 7.875 percent convertible senior notes due 2026 and our 4.0 percent convertible senior notes due 2027. In fiscal year 2017, we spent approximately $272 million on the repurchase of $117 million principal amount of our 7.875 percent convertible senior notes due 2026 (see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data) and approximately $139 million on the repurchase of $119 million principal amount of our 4.0 percent convertible senior notes due 2027 (see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). In addition, we spent approximately $105 million on the redemption of $100 million principal amount of our 6.75 percent notes due 2021 in fiscal year 2017.
In fiscal year 2016, cash used for financing activities was primarily related to the repurchase of all of the $55 million of outstanding principal amount 4.625 percent convertible senior notes due 2026 at 100 percent of the face value of the notes and the repurchase of 8.7 million shares of our common stock for $81 million (including commission costs) (see Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).

47




Contractual Obligations
 
As of September 30, 2018, we are contractually obligated to make payments as follows (in millions):

 
Total
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023
 
Thereafter (2)
Total debt (1)
$
875

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
48

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
823

Operating leases
95

 
17

 
14

 
13

 
13

 
13

 
25

Interest payments on long-term debt
372

 
41

 
41

 
41

 
41

 
41

 
167

Total
$
1,342

 
$
60

 
$
56

 
$
102

 
$
55

 
$
54

 
$
1,015


(1)
Total debt excludes unamortized discount on convertible notes of $37 million, unamortized issuance costs of $13 million, and original issuance discount of $1 million.

(2)
Includes the 6.25 percent senior notes, which contain a call feature that allows for early redemption and includes the 3.25 percent, 4.0 percent and 7.875 percent convertible senior notes, which contain a put and call feature that allows for earlier redemption beginning in 2025, 2019 and 2020, respectively (refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data).
We also sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover certain of our U.S. employees and certain non-U.S. employees. Our funding practice provides that annual contributions to the pension trusts will be at least equal to the minimum amounts required by ERISA in the U.S. and the actuarial recommendations or statutory requirements in other countries. Management expects funding for our retirement pension plans of approximately $6 million in fiscal year 2019.

We also sponsor retirement medical plans that cover certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. employees and retirees, including certain employees of divested businesses, and provide for medical payments to eligible employees and dependents upon retirement. Management expects gross retiree medical plan benefit payments of approximately $14 million, $13 million, $12 million, $11 million and $10 million in fiscal years 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively, before consideration of any Part D reimbursement from the U.S. government.
 
Contractual obligations identified in the table above do not include liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions of $48 million due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the future cash outflows associated with these amounts. For additional discussion of uncertain tax positions, refer to Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Liquidity
 
Our outstanding debt, net of discounts and unamortized debt issuance costs where applicable, is summarized below (in millions). For a detailed discussion of terms and conditions related to this debt, see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Fixed-rate debt securities
$
444

 
$
616

Fixed-rate convertible notes
364

 
363

Unamortized discount on convertible notes
(37
)
 
(42
)
Other borrowings
53

 
101

Total debt
$
824

 
$
1,038

Overview – Our principal operating and capital requirements are for working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements, debt service requirements, funding of pension and retiree medical costs, restructuring and product development programs. We expect fiscal year 2019 capital expenditures to be approximately $115 million.

48



     We generally fund our operating and capital needs with cash on hand, cash flow from operations, our various accounts receivable securitization and factoring arrangements and availability under our revolving credit facility. Cash in excess of local operating needs is generally used to reduce amounts outstanding, if any, under our revolving credit facility or U.S. accounts receivable securitization program. Our ability to access additional capital in the long term will depend on availability of capital markets and pricing on commercially reasonable terms as well as our credit profile at the time we are seeking funds. We continuously evaluate our capital structure to ensure the most appropriate and optimal structure and may, from time to time, retire, repurchase, exchange or redeem outstanding indebtedness or common equity, issue new equity or debt securities or enter into new financing arrangements if conditions warrant.
In December 2017, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, registering an indeterminate amount of debt and/or equity securities that we may offer in one or more offerings on terms to be determined at the time of sale. 
     We believe our current financing arrangements provide us with the financial flexibility required to maintain our operations and fund future growth, including actions required to improve our market share and further diversify our global operations, through the term of our revolving credit facility, which matures in March 2022.
Sources of liquidity as of September 30, 2018, in addition to cash on hand, are as follows (in millions):
 
Total Facility
Size
 
Utilized as of 9/30/18
 
Readily Available as of
9/30/18
 
Current Expiration
On-balance sheet arrangements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving credit facility (1)
$
525

 
$

 
$
525

 
March 2022 (1)
Committed U.S. accounts receivable securitization(2)
100

 
57

 
43

 
December 2021
Total on-balance sheet arrangements
625

 
57


568

 
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements: (2) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committed Swedish Factoring Facility (3)
$
181

 
$
158

 
$

 
March 2020
Committed U.S. Factoring Facility (3)
93

 
53

 

 
February 2019
Uncommitted U.K. Factoring Facility
29

 
9

 

 
February 2022
Uncommitted Italy Factoring Facility
35

 
28

 

 
June 2022
Other uncommitted factoring facilities
29

 
12

 

 
None
Letter of credit facility
25

 
1

 
24

 
March 2019
Total off-balance sheet arrangements
392

 
261

 
24

 
 
Total available sources
$
1,017


$
318

 
$
592

 
 
(1)The availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to a collateral test and a priority debt-to-EBITDA ratio covenant.
(2)Availability subject to adequate eligible accounts receivable available for sale.
(3)Actual amounts may exceed bank's commitment at bank's discretion.

Cash and Liquidity Needs – At September 30, 2018, we had $115 million in cash and cash equivalents, of which $24 million was held in jurisdictions outside of the U.S. that, if repatriated, could result in withholding taxes. It is our intent to reinvest those cash balances in our foreign operations as we expect to meet our liquidity needs in the U.S. through ongoing cash flows from operations in the U.S., external borrowings or both.

Our availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to a collateral test and a priority debt-to-EBITDA ratio covenant, as defined in the agreement, which may limit our borrowings under the agreement as of each quarter end. As long as we are in compliance with those covenants as of the quarter end, we have full availability (up to the amount of collateral under the collateral test) under the revolving credit facility every other day during the quarter. Our future liquidity is subject to a number of factors, including access to adequate funding under our revolving credit facility, access to other borrowing arrangements such as factoring or securitization facilities, vehicle production schedules and customer demand. Even taking into account these and other factors, management expects to have sufficient liquidity to fund our operating requirements through the term of our revolving credit facility. At September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under our credit agreement.
Equity Repurchase Authorization- On July 21, 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of our common stock from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, until September 30, 2019, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. During the second

49



quarter of fiscal year 2018, we repurchased 1.4 million shares of our common stock for $33 million (including commission costs) pursuant to this authorization. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, we repurchased 1.4 million shares of our common stock for $30 million (including commission costs) pursuant to this authorization. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we repurchased 1.7 million shares of our common stock for $37 million (including commission costs) pursuant to this authorization. The repurchases under this authorization were complete as of September 30, 2018.

On November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of our common stock from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. This authorization supersedes the prior July 2016 equity repurchase authorization.
Debt Repurchase Authorization - On July 21, 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of any of our debt securities (including convertible debt securities) from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, until September 30, 2019, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. The amount remaining available for repurchases under this authorization was $50 million as of September 30, 2018.

On November 2, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of any of our debt securities (including convertible debt securities) from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our debt covenants. This authorization supersedes the prior July 2016 debt repurchase authorization.
Redemption of 6.75 Percent Notes - On September 28, 2017, we redeemed $100 million of the outstanding $275 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.75 Percent Notes at a price of $1,033.75 per $1,000 of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. As a result, a loss on debt extinguishment of $5 million was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations within Interest expense, net during fiscal year 2017. The redemption was made pursuant to the July 2016 debt repurchase authorization (see Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data).
On November 2, 2017, we redeemed the remaining 175 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the 6.75 Percent Notes at a price of $1,033.75 per $1,000 of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. As a result, a loss on debt extinguishment of $8 million was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations within Interest expense, net. The redemption was made pursuant to a special authorization from the Board of Directors in connection with the sale of Meritor WABCO.
Revolving Credit Facility - On March 31, 2017, we amended and restated our revolving credit facility. Pursuant to the revolving credit agreement, as amended, we have a $525 million revolving credit facility that matures in March 2022. Additionally, $4 million was capitalized as deferred issuance costs and will be amortized over the term of the agreement.
The availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to certain financial covenants based on (i) the ratio of our priority debt (consisting principally of amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility, U.S. accounts receivable securitization and factoring programs, and third-party non-working capital foreign debt) to EBITDA and (ii) the amount of annual capital expenditures. We are required to maintain a total priority-debt-to-EBITDA ratio, as defined in the agreement, of 2.25 to 1.00 or less as of the last day of each fiscal quarter throughout the term of the agreement. At September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under the revolving credit facility with a ratio of approximately 0.23x for the priority debt-to-EBITDA ratio covenant.
The availability under the revolving credit facility is also subject to a collateral test, pursuant to which borrowings on the revolving credit facility cannot exceed 1.0x the collateral test value. The collateral test is performed on a quarterly basis. At September 30, 2018, the revolving credit facility was collateralized by approximately $875 million of our assets, primarily consisting of eligible domestic U.S. accounts receivable, inventory, plant, property and equipment, intellectual property and our investment in all or a portion of certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries.
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are subject to interest based on quoted LIBOR rates plus a margin and a commitment fee on undrawn amounts, both of which are based upon our current corporate credit rating. At September 30, 2018, the margin over LIBOR was 275 basis points, and the commitment fee was 37.5 basis points. Overnight revolving credit loans are at the prime rate plus a margin of 175 basis points.
Certain of our subsidiaries, as defined in the revolving credit agreement, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Similar subsidiary guarantees are provided for the benefit of the holders of the publicly-held notes outstanding under our indentures (see Note 28 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data).

50



No borrowings were outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The amended and extended revolving credit facility includes $100 million of availability for the issuance of letters of credit. As of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, there were no letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
U.S. Securitization Program – As of September 30, 2018, the U.S. accounts receivable securitization facility size was $100 million. On October 4, 2018, we entered into an amendment that increased the size of the facility to $110 million and extended its expiration date to December 2021. The maximum permitted priority debt-to-EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter under the facility is 2.25 to 1.00. This program is provided by PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator and Purchaser, and the other Purchasers and Purchaser Agents party to the agreement from time to time (participating lenders). Under this program, we have the ability to sell an undivided percentage ownership interest in substantially all of our trade receivables (excluding the receivables due from AB Volvo and subsidiaries eligible for sale under the U.S. accounts receivable factoring facility) of certain U.S. subsidiaries to ArvinMeritor Receivables Corporation ("ARC"), a wholly-owned, special purpose subsidiary. ARC funds these purchases with borrowings from participating lenders under a loan agreement. This program also includes a letter of credit facility pursuant to which ARC may request the issuance of letters of credit for our U.S. subsidiaries (originators) or their designees, which when issued will constitute a utilization of the facility for the amount of letters of credit issued. Amounts outstanding under this agreement are collateralized by eligible receivables purchased by ARC and are reported as short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. As of September 30, 2018, $46 million was outstanding under this program, and $11 million was outstanding under related letters of credit. As of September 30, 2017, $89 million was outstanding under this program, and no amounts were outstanding under related letters of credit. This securitization program contains a cross default to our revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under our credit agreement (see Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). At certain times during any given month, we may sell eligible accounts receivable under this program to fund intra-month working capital needs. In such months, we would then typically utilize the cash received from our customers throughout the month to repay the borrowings under the program. Accordingly, during any given month, we may borrow under this program in amounts exceeding the amounts shown as outstanding at fiscal year ends.
Capital Leases – In March 2012, we entered into a master lease agreement with Wells Fargo Equipment Finance under which we can enter into lease arrangements for equipment. Each lease term is for 60 months and the lease interest rate is equal to the 5-year Swap Rate published by the Federal Reserve Board plus 564 basis points. We had $1 million and $3 million outstanding under this capital lease arrangement as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, we had another $6 million and $10 million outstanding through other capital lease arrangements as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Other – One of our consolidated joint ventures in China participates in a bills of exchange program to settle its obligations with its trade suppliers. These programs are common in China and generally require the participation of local banks. Under these programs, our joint venture issues notes payable through the participating banks to its trade suppliers. If the issued notes payable remain unpaid on their respective due dates, this could constitute an event of default under our revolving credit facility if the defaulted amount exceeds $35 million per bank. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had $22 million and $24 million, respectively, outstanding under this program at more than one bank.
     Credit Ratings –At November 14, 2018, our Standard & Poor’s corporate credit rating and senior unsecured credit rating were BB and BB-, respectively, and our Moody’s Investors Service corporate credit rating and senior unsecured credit rating are Ba3 and B1, respectively. Any lowering of our credit ratings could increase our cost of future borrowings and could reduce our access to capital markets and result in lower trading prices for our securities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Accounts Receivable Factoring Arrangements – We participate in accounts receivable factoring programs with total amounts utilized at September 30, 2018 of $260 million, of which $211 million was attributable to committed factoring facilities involving the sale of AB Volvo accounts receivables. The remaining amount of $49 million was related to factoring by certain of our European subsidiaries under uncommitted factoring facilities with financial institutions. The receivables under all of these programs are sold at face value and are excluded from the consolidated balance sheet. Total facility size, utilized amounts, readily available amounts and expiration dates for each of these programs are shown in the table above under Liquidity.
The Swedish facility is backed by 364-day liquidity commitment from Nordea Bank, which was renewed through February 12, 2019. Commitments under all of our factoring facilities are subject to standard terms and conditions for these types of arrangements (including, in case of the U.K. and Italy commitments, a sole discretion clause whereby the bank retains the right to not purchase receivables, which has not been invoked since the inception of the respective programs).

51



Letter of Credit Facilities – On February 21, 2014, we amended and restated our letter of credit facility with Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and issuing bank, and the other lenders party thereto. Under the terms of this amended credit agreement, which expires in March 2019, we have the right to obtain the issuance, renewal, extension and increase of letters of credit up to an aggregate availability of $25 million. This facility contains covenants and events of default generally similar to those existing in our public debt indentures. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had $1 million and $18 million, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding under this facility. In addition, we had another $8 million and $5 million of letters of credit outstanding through other letter of credit facilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Contingencies
 
Contingencies related to environmental, asbestos and other matters are discussed in Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Critical Accounting Policies
 
Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. These policies require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management makes estimates and assumptions about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, relating to the reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our most critical accounting policies are discussed below.
 
Pensions — Our defined benefit pension plans and retirement medical plans are accounted for on an actuarial basis, which requires the selection of various assumptions, including the mortality of participants. Our pension obligations are determined annually and were measured as of September 30, 2018 and 2017.

The mortality assumptions for participants in our U.S. plans incorporates future mortality improvements from tables published by the Society of Actuaries ("SOA"). We periodically review the mortality experience of our U.S. plans’ participants against these assumptions. In October 2014, the SOA issued new mortality and mortality improvement tables that raised the life expectancies. We reviewed the new SOA mortality and mortality improvement tables and utilized our actuary to conduct a study based on our plan participants. We have determined that the best representation of our plans' mortality is to utilize the new SOA mortality and mortality improvement tables as the reference table for credibility-weighted mortality rates, blended with our specific mortality based on the study conducted by our actuary. We incorporated the updated tables into our 2015 year-end measurement of the plans’ benefit obligations. As a result of this change in actuarial assumption, our U.S. pension obligations increased by $24 million and our U.S. OPEB obligations decreased by $18 million in fiscal year 2015. We consider improvement scales released annually by the SOA. In fiscal year 2018, we adopted a modified MP-2017 scale. Adopting the modified MP-2017 scale did not have a material effect on our pension and retirement medical obligations.
 
The U.S. plans include a qualified and non-qualified pension plan. In fiscal years 2018 and 2017, the only significant non-U.S. plan is located in the U.K. The following are the significant assumptions used in the measurement of the projected benefit obligation ("PBO") and net periodic pension expense:
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
U.S.
 
U.K.
 
U.S.
 
U.K.
Assumptions as of September 30:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
4.30%
 
2.90%
 
3.70%
 —
3.75%
 
2.80%
Assumed return on plan assets (beginning of the year)(1)
7.75%
 
6.00%
 
7.75%
 
6.00%
(1)  
The assumed return on plan assets for fiscal year 2019 is 7.75 percent for the U.S. plan and 6.00 percent for the U.K. plan.

The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of the PBO at the balance sheet date and net periodic pension expense for the subsequent fiscal year. The rate used reflects a rate of return on high-quality fixed income investments that match the duration of expected benefit payments. Generally we use a portfolio of long-term corporate AA/Aa bonds that match the duration of the expected benefit payments, except for our U.K. pension plan which uses an annualized yield curve to establish the discount rate for this assumption.
 

52



The assumed return on plan assets is used to determine net periodic pension expense. The rate of return assumptions are based on projected long-term market returns for the various asset classes in which the plans are invested, weighted by the target asset allocations. An incremental amount for diversification, rebalancing and active management, where appropriate, is included in the rate of return assumption. The return assumptions are reviewed annually.
 
These assumptions reflect our historical experience and our best judgments regarding future expectations. The effects of the indicated increase and decrease in selected assumptions, assuming no changes in benefit levels and no amortization of gains or losses for the plans in 2018, are shown below (in millions):
 
 
Effect on All Plans – September 30, 2018
 
Percentage Point Change
 
Increase (Decrease) in
PBO
 
Increase (Decrease) in
Pension Expense
Assumption:
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
-0.5 pts
 
$
104

 
$
1

 
+0.5 pts
 
(93
)
 
(1
)
Assumed return on plan assets
-1.0 pts
 
N/A (1)

 
14

 
+1.0 pts
 
N/A (1)

 
(14
)
 
(1) Not Applicable

Accounting guidance applicable to pensions does not require immediate recognition of the effects of a deviation between actual and assumed experience and the revision of an estimate. This approach allows the favorable and unfavorable effects that fall within an acceptable range to be netted and disclosed as an unrecognized gain or loss in the footnotes. Based on the September 30, 2018 and 2017 measurement dates, we had an unrecognized loss of $699 million and $742 million, respectively. A portion of this loss is amortized into earnings each fiscal year. Unrecognized losses for the U.S. and U.K. plans are being amortized into net periodic pension expense over the average life expectancy of the inactive participants of approximately 17 years and 26 years, respectively.
 
In recognition of the long-term nature of the liabilities of the pension plans, we have targeted an asset allocation strategy designed to promote asset growth while maintaining an acceptable level of risk over the long term. Asset-liability studies are performed periodically to validate the continued appropriateness of these asset allocation targets. The asset allocation ranges for the U.S. plan are 2050 percent equity investments, 3060 percent fixed income investments and 1025 percent alternative investments. Alternative investments include private equity, real estate, hedge funds and partnership interests. The target asset allocation ranges for the non-U.S. plans are 1535 percent equity investments, 3060 percent fixed income investments, 010 percent real estate and 1030 percent alternative investments. The asset class mix and the percentage of securities in any asset class or market may vary as the risk/return characteristics of either individual market or asset classes vary over time.

The investment strategies for the pension plans are designed to achieve an appropriate diversification of investments as well as safety and security of the principal invested. Assets invested are allocated to certain global sub-asset categories within prescribed ranges in order to promote international diversification across security type, issuer type, investment style, industry group, and economic sector. Assets of the plans are both actively and passively managed. Policy limits are placed on the percentage of plan assets that can be invested in a security of any single issuer and minimum credit quality standards are established for debt securities. Meritor securities did not comprise any of the value of our worldwide pension assets as of September 30, 2018.
 
Based on current assumptions, the fiscal year 2019 net pension income is estimated to be $21 million.
 
Retiree Medical — We have retirement medical plans that cover certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. employees and provide for medical payments to eligible employees and dependents upon retirement. Our retiree medical obligations were measured as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.


53



The following are the significant assumptions used in the measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO):
 
2018
 
2017
Assumptions as of September 30:
 
 
 
Discount rate
4.05
%
 
3.32
%
Health care cost trend rate
6.18
%
 
6.52
%
Ultimate health care trend rate
4.63
%
 
4.65
%
Year ultimate rate is reached
2024

 
2024


The discount rate is the rate used to calculate the present value of the APBO. The rate is determined based on high-quality fixed income investments that match the duration of expected benefit payments. We used the corporate AA/Aa bond rate for this assumption.
 
The health care cost trend rate represents our expected annual rates of change in the cost of health care benefits. Our projection for fiscal year 2019 is 6.18 percent. For measurement purposes, the annual increase in health care costs was assumed to decrease gradually to 4.63 percent by fiscal year 2024 and remain at that level thereafter.
 
A one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate for all years to, and including, the ultimate rate would have the following effects (in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
Effect on total of service and interest cost
 
 
 
1% Increase
$

 
$

1% Decrease

 

Effect on APBO
 
 
 
1% Increase
4

 
5

1% Decrease
(4
)
 
(4
)

Based on current assumptions, fiscal year 2019 retiree medical income is estimated to be approximately $16 million.
 
Product Warranties — Our business segments record estimated product warranty costs at the time of shipment of products to customers. Liabilities for product recall campaigns are recorded at the time our obligation is known and can be reasonably estimated. Product warranties, including recall campaigns, not expected to be paid within one year are recorded as a non-current liability.
 
Significant factors and information used by management when estimating product warranty liabilities include:
Past claims experience;
Sales history;
Product manufacturing and industry developments; and
Recoveries from third parties, where applicable.

Asbestos Maremont Corporation ("Maremont"), a subsidiary of Meritor, manufactured friction products containing asbestos from 1953 through 1977, when it sold its friction product business. Arvin Industries, Inc., a predecessor of ours, acquired Maremont in 1986. Maremont and many other companies are defendants in suits brought by individuals claiming personal injuries as a result of exposure to asbestos-containing products. Maremont had approximately 1,700 and 2,800 pending asbestos-related claims at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Although Maremont has been named in these cases, in the cases where actual injury has been alleged, very few claimants have established that a Maremont product caused their injuries. Plaintiffs’ lawyers often sue dozens or even hundreds of defendants in individual lawsuits, seeking damages against all named defendants irrespective of the disease or injury and irrespective of any causal connection with a particular product. For these reasons, the total number of claims filed is not necessarily the most meaningful factor in determining Maremont's asbestos related liability.
 
Pending and Future Claims: Maremont engaged a third-party advisor with extensive experience in assessing asbestos-related liabilities to conduct a study to estimate its potential undiscounted liability for pending and future asbestos-related claims, as of September 30, 2018. On a continual basis, management monitors the underlying claims data and experience, for the purpose of

54



assessing the appropriateness of the assumptions used to estimate the liability. The increase in the estimated liability from the prior year study at both the low end and high end of the range reflects a change in the forecast horizon utilized to estimate future claims, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers. Previously, Maremont’s pending and future claims estimates were based on a ten-year forecast period. In fiscal year 2018, we moved to a penultimate horizon for estimating Maremont’s pending and future claims estimates. The penultimate horizon is defined as the second-to-last day of claims estimated to occur. The longer horizon estimate is now considered reasonable based on factors including Maremont's recent history and experience, the disciplined management of asbestos related litigation, an observance of trends indicating diminished volatility and greater consistency in Maremont's observable claims data, the maturity of the asbestos litigation overall and experience in recent insurance negotiations.
 
As of September 30, 2018, the estimated range of equally likely possibilities of Maremont’s obligation for asbestos-related claims over the next 41 years was $107 million to $195 million. Based on the information contained in the actuarial study, and all other available information considered, Maremont concluded that no amount within the range of potential liability was more likely than any other and, therefore, recorded the low end of the range. Maremont recognized a liability for pending and future claims over the next 41 years of $107 million as of September 30, 2018 and a ten-year liability of $68 million as of September 30, 2017. The ultimate cost of resolving pending and future claims is estimated based on the history of claims and expenses for plaintiffs represented by law firms in jurisdictions with an established history with Maremont. Maremont recognized $38 million and $5 million of expense in fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively, associated with its annual valuation of asbestos-related liabilities and receivables.

Recoveries: Maremont has historically had insurance that reimburses a meaningful portion of the costs incurred defending against asbestos-related claims. The expected insurance receivable related to future asbestos-related liabilities was $24 million and $25 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The receivable is for coverage primarily provided by one insurance carrier based on a coverage-in-place agreement. Maremont currently expects to exhaust the remaining limits provided by this coverage sometime in the next three-to-five years. The difference between the estimated liability and insurance receivable is primarily related to exhaustion of settled insurance coverage within the forecasted period and proceeds from settled insurance policies.
 
Maremont maintained insurance coverage with other insurance carriers that management believed also provided coverage for indemnity and defense costs. During fiscal year 2013, Maremont re-initiated lawsuits against these carriers, seeking a declaration of its rights to coverage for asbestos claims and to facilitate an orderly and timely collection of insurance proceeds. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, the dispute related to these insurance policies was settled. As part of this settlement, on December 12, 2015, Maremont received $17 million in cash, of which $5 million was recognized as a reduction in asbestos expense and $12 million was recorded as a liability to the insurance carrier as it is required to be returned to the carrier if additional asbestos liability is not incurred. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, Maremont recognized an additional $9 million of the cash settlement proceeds as a reduction in asbestos expense. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, we recognized the remaining $3 million of the cash settlement proceeds as a reduction in asbestos expense. The settlement also provides additional recovery for Maremont if certain future defense and indemnity spending thresholds are met.

 The amounts recorded for the asbestos-related reserves and recoveries from insurance companies are based upon assumptions and estimates derived from currently known facts. All such estimates of liabilities and recoveries for asbestos-related claims are subject to considerable uncertainty because such liabilities and recoveries are influenced by variables that are difficult to predict. The future litigation environment for Maremont could change significantly from its past experience, due, for example, to changes in the mix of claims filed against Maremont in terms of plaintiffs’ law firm, jurisdiction and disease; legislative or regulatory developments; Maremont’s approach to defending claims; or payments to plaintiffs from other defendants. Estimated recoveries are influenced by coverage issues among insurers and the continuing solvency of various insurance companies. If the assumptions with respect to the estimation period, the nature of pending and future claims, the cost to resolve claims and the amount of available insurance prove to be incorrect, the actual amount of liability for Maremont’s asbestos-related claims, and the effect on our liability, could differ materially from current estimates and, therefore, could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Assumptions: The following assumptions were made by Maremont after consultation with consultants and are included in the study:
Pending and future claims were estimated for a 41-year period ending in fiscal year 2059;
The litigation environment remains consistent throughout the forecast horizon;
On a per claim basis, defense and indemnity costs for pending and future claims will be at the level consistent with Maremont's recent experience;
 

55



Rockwell — ArvinMeritor, Inc. ("AM"), a predecessor of Meritor, along with many other companies, has also been named as a defendant in lawsuits alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to asbestos used in certain components of Rockwell products many years ago. Liability for these claims was transferred at the time of the spin-off of the automotive business from Rockwell in 1997. Rockwell had approximately 1,400 and 1,600 pending active asbestos claims in lawsuits that name AM, together with many other companies, as defendants at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

A significant portion of the claims do not identify any of Rockwell’s products or specify which of the claimants, if any, were exposed to asbestos attributable to Rockwell’s products, and past experience has shown that the vast majority of the claimants will likely never identify any of Rockwell’s products. Historically, AM has been dismissed from the vast majority of similar claims filed in the past with no payment to claimants. For those claimants who do show that they worked with Rockwell’s products, management nevertheless believes it has meritorious defenses, in substantial part due to the integrity of the products involved and the lack of any impairing medical condition on the part of many claimants.  

Pending and Future Claims: We engaged a third-party advisor with extensive experience in assessing asbestos-related liabilities to conduct a study to estimate its potential undiscounted liability for pending and future asbestos-related claims as of September 30, 2018. On a continual basis, management monitors the underlying claims data and experience, for the purpose of assessing the appropriateness of the assumptions used to estimate the liability. The increase in the estimated liability from the prior year study at both the low end and high end reflects a change in the forecast horizon utilized to estimate future claims, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers. Previously, our pending and future claims estimates were based on a ten-year forecast period. In fiscal year 2018, we moved to a penultimate horizon for estimating our pending and future claims estimates. The penultimate horizon is defined as the second-to-last day of claims estimated to occur. The longer horizon estimate is now considered reasonable based on factors including our recent history and experience, the disciplined management of asbestos related litigation, an observance of trends indicating diminished volatility and greater consistency in the company's observable claims data, the maturity of the asbestos litigation overall and experience in recent insurance negotiations.

As of September 30, 2018, the estimated probable range of equally likely possibilities of our obligation for asbestos-related claims over the next 41 years is $103 million to $186 million. Based on the information contained in the actuarial study, and all other available information considered, management concluded that no amount within the range of potential liability was more likely than any other and, therefore, recorded the low end of the range. We recognized a liability for pending and future claims over the next 41 years of $103 million as of September 30, 2018 compared to the ten-year liability of $63 million as of September 30, 2017. The ultimate cost of resolving pending and future claims is estimated based on the history of claims and expenses for plaintiffs represented by law firms in jurisdictions with an established history with Rockwell.

Recoveries: Rockwell has insurance coverage that management believes covers indemnity and defense costs, over and above self-insurance retentions, for a significant portion of these claims. In 2004, we initiated litigation against certain of these carriers to enforce the insurance policies. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we executed settlement agreements with two of these carriers, thereby resolving the litigation against those particular carriers. Pursuant to the terms of one of those settlement agreements, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 we received $32 million in cash from an insurer, of which $10 million was recognized as a reduction in asbestos expense, and $22 million was recorded as a liability to the insurance carrier as it is required to be returned to the carrier if additional asbestos liability is not ultimately incurred. During fiscal years 2018 and 2017, Rockwell recognized an additional $12 million and $10 million, respectively of the cash settlement proceeds as a reduction in asbestos expense. Pursuant to the terms of a second settlement agreement, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 we recorded a $12 million receivable to reflect expected reimbursement of future defense and indemnity payments under a coverage-in-place arrangement with that insurer. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into a settlement agreement to resolve additional disputed coverage resulting from asbestos claims. On September 15, 2018, we received $3 million in cash and recorded a $28 million insurance receivable related to this settlement. The insurance receivables for Rockwell’s asbestos-related liabilities totaled $68 million and $38 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Included in these amounts are increases to previous settlement receivables resulting from the extended forecast horizon which led to a balance of $40 million for those previous settlement receivables as of September 30, 2018.

Also, during the third quarter of fiscal year 2016, we reached a settlement, relating to certain proofs of claim filed by the company under certain insurance policies with an insolvent insurer for $5.5 million (the "allowed claim"). On June 17, 2016, we entered into an assignment of claim (the "Assignment") with Macquarie Bank to assign the allowed claim we had against the insolvent insurer. The Assignment was approved by the liquidator, which resulted in the company receiving $3 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2016.

The amounts recorded for the asbestos-related reserves and recoveries from insurance companies are based upon assumptions and estimates derived from currently known facts. All such estimates of liabilities and recoveries for asbestos-related claims are subject to considerable uncertainty because such liabilities and recoveries are influenced by variables that are difficult to predict.

56



The future litigation environment for Rockwell could change significantly from its past experience, due, for example, to changes in the mix of claims filed against Rockwell in terms of plaintiffs’ law firm, jurisdiction and disease; legislative or regulatory developments; our approach to defending claims; or payments to plaintiffs from other defendants. Estimated recoveries are influenced by coverage issues among insurers and the continuing solvency of various insurance companies. If the assumptions with respect to the estimation period, the nature of pending claims, the cost to resolve claims and the amount of available insurance prove to be incorrect, the actual amount of liability for Rockwell asbestos-related claims, and the effect on us, could differ materially from current estimates and, therefore, could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Assumptions: The following assumptions were made by us after consultation with consultants and are included in the study:
Pending and future claims were estimated for a 41-year period ending in fiscal year 2059;
The litigation environment remains consistent throughout the forecast horizon;
On a per claim basis, defense and indemnity costs for pending and future claims will be at the level consistent with our recent experience;

Goodwill — Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain indicators arise. If business conditions or other factors cause the operating results and cash flows of a reporting unit to decline, we may be required to record impairment charges for goodwill at that time.

We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads us to determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units is less than its respective carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then a subsequent quantitative, one-step impairment test is unnecessary. If we conclude otherwise, then we are required to test goodwill for impairment under a subsequent process. We may elect to forgo this assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative, one-step process.

The quantitative impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined by using discounted cash flows and market multiples on earnings. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge based on that difference will be recorded. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The impairment review is highly judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions have a significant impact on the amount of any impairment charge recorded. Discounted cash flow methods are dependent upon assumptions of future sales trends, market conditions and cash flows of each reporting unit over several years. Actual cash flows in the future may differ significantly from those previously forecasted.
Realignment of Reporting Units
As discussed in Note 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, we realigned our operations in the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, resulting in a change to our reportable segments. As a result of the change in reportable segments, our reporting units changed. The Commercial Truck & Trailer segment contains two reporting units. The Aftermarket & Industrial segment contains three reporting units. Goodwill was reassigned to the new reporting units using a relative fair value allocation.
Acquisition of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc. Business
On April 30, 2018, we acquired substantially all of the assets of AAG for a cash purchase price of approximately $35 million. The AAG acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. We recorded provisional goodwill in the amount of $9 million for the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This recorded goodwill consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining our operations. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Commercial Truck & Trailer reportable segment. All goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes over the next 15 years.
Acquisition of Fabco Holdings, Inc. Business
On August 31, 2017, for a cash purchase price of $34 million, we acquired certain assets, including the product portfolio and related technologies, of Fabco Holdings, Inc. ("Fabco") and its subsidiaries and assumed certain liabilities. The Fabco acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. As a result, we recorded goodwill in the amount of $20 million for the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed, excluding identifiable intangible assets. This recorded goodwill consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining our operations. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Aftermarket and Industrial reportable segment.

57



For fiscal year 2018, the fair value of all of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — Long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. An impairment loss is recognized when the long-lived assets’ carrying value exceeds the fair value. If business conditions or other factors cause the operating results and cash flows to decline, we may be required to record impairment charges at that time. Long-lived assets held for sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Significant judgments and estimates used by management when evaluating long-lived assets for impairment include:

An assessment as to whether an adverse event or circumstance has triggered the need for an impairment review;

Undiscounted future cash flows generated by the asset; and

Probability and estimated future cash flows associated with alternative courses of action that are being considered to recover the carrying amount of a long-lived asset.
During fiscal year 2017, we determined the carrying value of a business held for sale exceeded the fair value less costs to sell. As a result, an impairment charge of $3 million was recorded within other operating expense, net. During fiscal year 2017, an additional $1 million of other long-lived asset impairment charges were recorded.

Income Taxes Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. If it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized, no valuation allowance is recorded. Management's judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance would need to be adjusted in the event future taxable income is materially different than amounts estimated. Significant judgments, estimates and factors considered by management in its determination of the probability of the realization of deferred tax assets include:
Historical operating results;
Expectations of future earnings;
Tax planning strategies; and
The extended period of time over which retirement medical and pension liabilities will be paid.
In prior years, we established valuation allowances against our U.S. net deferred tax assets and the net deferred tax assets of our 100 percent-owned subsidiaries, including those in France, Germany, Italy, Sweden, U.K. and certain other countries. In evaluating our ability to recover these net deferred tax assets, we utilize a consistent approach which considers our historical operating results, including an assessment of the degree to which any gains or losses are driven by items that are unusual in nature and/or tax planning strategies. In addition, we review changes in near-term market conditions and other factors that impact future operating results.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, as a result of sustained profitability in the U.S. evidenced by a strong earnings history, future forecasted earnings, and additional positive evidence, we determined it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we reversed a portion of the valuation allowance in the U.S. resulting in a non-cash income tax benefit of $438 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, an additional $52 million of valuation allowance in the U.S. was released due to increased profitability.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, due to a three-year cumulative loss and future economic uncertainty, we concluded that a valuation allowance was required in Brazil. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the valuation allowance was reversed in Brazil. After sustaining profitability in fiscal years 2017 and 2018, Brazil now has three-year cumulative income. In addition, the economy in Brazil has improved and we now have future forecasted income. As such, we reversed the valuation allowance from Brazil, resulting in a non-cash income tax benefit of $9 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018.
We continue to maintain the valuation allowances in France, U.K., and certain other jurisdictions, as we believe the negative evidence that we will be able to recover these net deferred tax assets continues to outweigh the positive evidence. If, in the future, we generate taxable income on a sustained basis, the conclusion regarding the need for valuation allowances in these jurisdictions could change.

58



The expiration periods for deferred tax assets related to net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards as of September 30, 2018 are included below (in millions). Also included are the associated valuation allowances on these deferred tax assets (in millions).

 
Fiscal Year Expiration Periods
 
2019-2023
2024-2033
2034-2038
Indefinite
Total
Net Operating Losses and Tax Credit Carryforwards
$
15

$
55

$
11

$
197

$
278

Valuation Allowances on these Deferred Tax Assets
$
10

$
17

$

$
187

$
214


On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the U.S. tax reform. The U.S. tax reform made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affected our fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate and requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The U.S. tax reform reduced the federal corporate tax rate to 21 percent in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Section 15 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, stipulates that our fiscal year ending September 30, 2018 had a blended corporate tax rate of 24.5 percent, which is based on the applicable tax rates before and after the U.S. tax reform and the number of days in the year.
The SEC staff issued SAB 118, which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the U.S. tax reform. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the U.S. tax reform enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the U.S. tax reform for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the U.S. tax reform is incomplete but the company is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the U.S. tax reform.
Specifically, we included discrete tax expense in our first quarter financial statements for fiscal year 2018 related to provisional amounts under SAB 118 for the impact of the revaluation of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the federal income tax rate reduction from 35 percent to 21 percent. In order to properly account for the blended tax rate in place for fiscal year 2018, we estimated the deferred tax assets and liabilities expected to reverse during the current fiscal year and applied a tax rate of 24.5 percent. All other deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to reverse in fiscal year 2019 or later and were revalued at 21 percent. Additionally, we estimated our liability and included provisional amounts for the one-time transition tax as a discrete tax expense. We will elect to offset the liability associated with this transition tax by utilizing foreign tax credit carryovers. The revaluation of the deferred tax assets and the transition tax resulted in a non-cash charge of $77 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. That amount has been updated to $89 million for the year ended September 30, 2018.
As of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we have revalued all U.S. deferred tax assets to the appropriate amount and refined our accumulated earnings and profits pools and allocation of cash and non-cash earnings for purposes of calculating the transition tax liability. For purposes of SAB 118, we consider our accounting for the revaluation of U.S. deferred tax assets complete. We continue to refine our accumulated earnings and profits pools for purposes of calculating the transition tax liability and consider this accounting to be provisional as of September 30, 2018. We expect to finalize our accounting for the transition tax in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. No other provisions of U.S. tax reform had a material financial statement impact for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.
With respect to the U.S. tax reform provision on global intangible low-tax income, which will apply to us starting in fiscal 2019, we have elected to treat GILTI as a period cost and, therefore, have not recognized deferred taxes for basis differences that may reverse as GILTI in future periods.

New Accounting Pronouncements — New Accounting Pronouncements are discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

59



Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
   We are exposed to certain global market risks, including foreign currency exchange risk and interest rate risk associated with our debt.
     As a result of our substantial international operations, we are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from our normal business operations, including in connection with our transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, we translate sales and financial results denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars for purposes of our consolidated financial statements. As a result, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies generally will have a negative impact on our reported revenues and operating income while depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and operating income. For fiscal years 2018 and 2017, our reported financial results benefited from depreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. For fiscal year 2016, our reported financial results were adversely affected by the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies relative to the prior year.
We use foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the earnings exposures arising from foreign currency exchange risk on foreign currency purchases and sales. Gains and losses on the underlying foreign currency exposures are partially offset with gains and losses on the foreign currency forward contracts. Under this cash flow hedging program, we designate the foreign currency contracts as cash flow hedges of underlying foreign currency forecasted purchases and sales. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity and is recognized in operating income when the underlying forecasted transaction impacts earnings. These contracts generally mature within 15 months.
 We use foreign currency option contracts to mitigate foreign currency exposure on expected future Indian Rupee-denominated purchases. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2015, we monetized our outstanding foreign currency option contracts and entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with effective dates from the start of the third quarter of fiscal year 2015 through the end of fiscal year 2017. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with effective dates from the start of the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 through the end of fiscal year 2018. In the third quarter of fiscal year 2017, we monetized our outstanding foreign currency option contracts and, in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2017, entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with maturity dates in fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2019. In the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with maturity dates in fiscal year 2020. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
We use foreign currency option contracts to mitigate foreign currency exposure on expected future South Korean won-denominated purchases. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with effective dates from the start of the third quarter of fiscal year 2018 through the end of fiscal year 2018. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with effective dates from the start of the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 through the end of fiscal year 2019.Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
We use foreign currency option contracts to mitigate foreign currency exposure on expected future Brazilian real-denominated purchases. In the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with effective dates from the start of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 through the end of fiscal year 2019. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with effective dates from the last two quarters of fiscal year 2019 through the first two quarters of fiscal year 2020. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
In the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, due to the risk of volatility of the euro as compared to the U.S. dollar, we entered into a series of foreign currency option contracts that did not qualify for hedge accounting but were expected to mitigate foreign currency translation exposure of euro earnings to U.S. dollars. In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2017, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with maturity dates in fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2018. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts were recorded in other income, net, in the consolidated statement of operations.
In the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, due to the risk of volatility of the Swedish krona as compared to the U.S. dollar, we entered into a series of foreign currency option contracts that did not qualify for hedge accounting but were expected to mitigate foreign currency translation exposure of Swedish krona earnings to U.S. dollars. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we entered into a new series of foreign currency option contracts with maturity dates in fiscal year 2018. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts were recorded in other income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations.

60



We use cross-currency swap contracts to hedge a portion of our net investment in a foreign subsidiary against volatility in foreign exchange rates. These derivative instruments are designated and qualify as hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Settlements and changes in fair values of the instruments are recognized in foreign currency translation adjustments, a component of other comprehensive loss on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, to offset the changes in the values of the net investments being hedged.
In the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, we entered into multiple cross-currency swaps. These swaps hedged a portion of the net investment in a certain European subsidiary against volatility in the EUR/USD foreign exchange rate. They mature in May 2021.
Interest rate risk relates to the gain/increase or loss/decrease we could incur in our debt balances and interest expense associated with changes in interest rates. To manage this risk, we enter into interest rate swaps from time to time to economically convert portions of our fixed-rate debt into floating rate exposure, ensuring that the sensitivity of the economic value of debt falls within our corporate risk tolerances. It is our policy not to enter into derivative instruments for speculative purposes, and therefore, we hold no derivative instruments for trading purposes.
Included below is a sensitivity analysis to measure the potential gain (loss) in the fair value of financial instruments with exposure to market risk (in millions). The model assumes a 10% hypothetical change (increase or decrease) in exchange rates and instantaneous, parallel shifts of 50 basis points in interest rates.

Market Risk
Assuming a
10% Increase
in Rates
 
Assuming a
10% Decrease
in Rates
 
Increase /
(Decrease)
In
Foreign Currency Sensitivity:
 
 
 
 
 
Forward contracts in USD (1)
3.5

 
(3.5
)
 
Fair Value
Forward contracts in Euro (1)
(7.9
)
 
7.9

 
Fair Value
Foreign currency denominated debt (2)
0.5

 
(0.5
)
 
Fair Value
Foreign currency option contracts in USD
(0.1
)
 
0.9

 
Fair Value
Foreign currency option contracts in Euro
(0.4
)
 
3.1

 
Fair Value
Cross-currency swaps
(23.7
)
 
23.7

 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity:
Assuming a 50
BPS Increase in
Rates
 
Assuming a 50
BPS Decrease in
Rates
 
Increase /
(Decrease)
In
Debt - fixed rate (3)
$
(34.0
)
 
$
34.8

 
Fair Value
Debt - variable rate
(0.2
)
 
0.2

 
Cash Flow
____________________
(1)
Includes only the risk related to the derivative instruments and does not include the risk related to the underlying exposure. The analysis assumes overall derivative instruments and debt levels remain unchanged for each hypothetical scenario.

(2)
At September 30, 2018, the fair value of outstanding foreign currency denominated debt was $5 million. A 10% decrease in quoted currency exchange rates would result in a decrease of $0.5 million in foreign currency denominated debt. At September 30, 2018, a 10% increase in quoted currency exchange rates would result in an increase of $0.5 million in foreign currency denominated debt.

(3)
At September 30, 2018, the fair value of outstanding debt was $892 million. A 50 basis points decrease in quoted interest rates would result in an increase of $34.8 million in the fair value of fixed rate debt. A 50 basis points increase in quoted interest rates would result in a decrease of $34.0 million in the fair value of fixed rate debt.





61



Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Meritor, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Meritor, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Meritor, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated November 15, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  /s/
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Detroit, Michigan
November 15, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1996.


62



MERITOR, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In millions, except per share amounts)

 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
4,178

 
$
3,347

 
$
3,199

Cost of sales
(3,524
)
 
(2,863
)
 
(2,763
)
GROSS MARGIN
654

 
484

 
436

Selling, general and administrative
(317
)
 
(264
)
 
(213
)
Restructuring costs
(6
)
 
(6
)
 
(16
)
Other operating expense, net
(14
)
 
(7
)
 
(3
)
OPERATING INCOME
317

 
207

 
204

Other income (expense), net
1

 
2

 
(1
)
Gain on sale of equity investment

 
243

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates
27

 
48

 
36

Interest expense, net
(67
)
 
(119
)
 
(84
)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
278

 
381

 
155

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
(149
)
 
(52
)
 
424

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
129

 
329

 
579

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
NET INCOME
126

 
328

 
575

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
(9
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MERITOR, INC.
$
117

 
$
324

 
$
573

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MERITOR, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from continuing operations
$
120

 
$
325

 
$
577

Loss from discontinued operations
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
Net income
$
117

 
$
324

 
$
573

BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
1.37

 
$
3.69

 
$
6.40

Discontinued operations
(0.03
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.04
)
Basic earnings per share
$
1.34

 
$
3.68

 
$
6.36

DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
1.31

 
$
3.60

 
$
6.27

Discontinued operations
(0.03
)
 
(0.01
)
 
(0.04
)
Diluted earnings per share
$
1.28

 
$
3.59

 
$
6.23

Basic average common shares outstanding
87.5

 
88.0

 
90.1

Diluted average common shares outstanding
91.2

 
90.2

 
92.0

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

63



MERITOR, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)

 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net income
$
126

 
$
328

 
$
575

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(51
)
 
25

 
(12
)
Pension and other postretirement benefit related adjustments (net of tax of $6, $147 and $33 for the year ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively)
24

 
240

 
(35
)
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment and foreign exchange contracts
4

 
(1
)
 
4

Total comprehensive income
103

 
592

 
532

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(7
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
96

 
$
588

 
$
530

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



64



MERITOR, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In millions)
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
CURRENT ASSETS:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (1)
$
115

 
$
88

Receivables, trade and other, net (1)
588

 
789

Inventories (1)
477

 
378

Other current assets
46

 
43

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
1,226

 
1,298

NET PROPERTY (1)
483

 
474

GOODWILL (1)
421

 
414

OTHER ASSETS (1)
596

 
596

TOTAL ASSETS
$
2,726

 
$
2,782

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND EQUITY
 
 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Short-term debt
$
94

 
$
288

Accounts and notes payable (1)
700

 
622

Other current liabilities
290

 
272

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
1,084

 
1,182

LONG-TERM DEBT
730

 
750

RETIREMENT BENEFITS
262

 
314

OTHER LIABILITIES
332

 
239

TOTAL LIABILITIES
2,408

 
2,485

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 24)

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY
 
 
 
Convertible debt with cash settlement
1

 
2

EQUITY:
 
 
 
Common stock (September 30, 2018 and 2017, 102.2 and 101.4 shares issued and 84.9 and 88.6 shares outstanding, respectively)
102

 
101

Additional paid-in capital
787

 
765

Retained earnings
200

 
83

Treasury stock, at cost (September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, 17.3 and 12.8 shares, respectively)
(236
)
 
(136
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(566
)
 
(545
)
Total equity attributable to Meritor, Inc.
287

 
268

Noncontrolling interests (1)
30

 
27

TOTAL EQUITY
317

 
295

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND EQUITY
$
2,726

 
$
2,782

(1) As of September 30, 2018, Assets and Liabilities held for sale consisted of $2 million Net property. As of September 30, 2017, Assets and Liabilities held for sale consisted of (i) $1 million Cash and cash equivalents; (ii) $13 million Receivables, trade and other, net; (iii) $2 million Inventories; (iv) $3 million Net property; (v) $1 million Goodwill; (vi) $1 million Other assets; (vii) $12 million Accounts and notes payable; and (viii) $2 million Noncontrolling interests.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

65



MERITOR, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES (see Note 27)
$
251

 
$
176

 
$
204

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(104
)
 
(95
)
 
(93
)
Proceeds from prior year sale of equity method investment
250

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc.
(35
)
 

 

Cash paid for investment in Transportation Power, Inc.
(6
)
 

 

Proceeds from sale of a business
4

 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets
2

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of Fabco

 
(34
)
 

Other investing activities

 

 
3

Net investing cash flows provided by (used for) continuing operations
111

 
(129
)
 
(90
)
Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations

 
2

 
4

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
111

 
(127
)
 
(86
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings and securitization
(43
)
 
89

 

Proceeds from debt issuances

 
325

 

Redemption of notes
(181
)
 
(103
)
 

Repayment of notes and term loan

 
(408
)
 
(55
)
Debt issuance costs

 
(12
)
 

Other financing activities
(5
)
 
(13
)
 
(16
)
Net change in debt
(229
)
 
(122
)
 
(71
)
Repurchase of common stock
(100
)
 

 
(81
)
CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(329
)
 
(122
)
 
(152
)
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(6
)
 
1

 
1

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
27

 
(72
)
 
(33
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
88

 
160

 
193

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
$
115

 
$
88

 
$
160


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


66



MERITOR, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In millions)
 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
 
Treasury Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
Total Equity (Deficit)
Attributable to
Meritor, Inc.
 
Non-
controlling
Interests
 
Total
Beginning balance at
September 30, 2017
$
101

 
$
765

 
$
83

 
$
(136
)
 
$
(545
)
 
$
268

 
$
27

 
$
295

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 
117

 

 
(21
)
 
96

 
7

 
103

Vesting of restricted stock
1

 
(1
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity based compensation
expense

 
20

 

 

 

 
20

 

 
20

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 
(100
)
 

 
(100
)
 

 
(100
)
Convertible securities with cash settlement

 
1

 

 

 

 
1

 

 
1

Non-controlling interest
dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Other

 
2

 

 

 

 
2

 
(2
)
 

Ending balance at
September 30, 2018
$
102


$
787


$
200


$
(236
)

$
(566
)

$
287


$
30


$
317

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at
September 30, 2016
$
99

 
$
876

 
$
(241
)
 
$
(136
)
 
$
(809
)
 
$
(211
)
 
$
25

 
$
(186
)
Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 
324

 

 
264

 
588

 
4

 
592

Vesting of restricted stock
2

 
(2
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of convertible notes

 
(156
)
 

 

 

 
(156
)
 

 
(156
)
Issuance of convertible notes

 
41

 

 

 

 
41

 

 
41

Equity based compensation
expense

 
19

 

 

 

 
19

 

 
19

Debt issuance costs

 
(1
)
 

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Stock option exercises

 
2

 

 

 

 
2

 

 
2

Convertible securities with cash settlement

 
(2
)
 

 

 

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Non-controlling interest
dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Other

 
(12
)
 

 

 

 
(12
)
 

 
(12
)
Ending balance at
September 30, 2017
$
101

 
$
765

 
$
83


$
(136
)
 
$
(545
)
 
$
268

 
$
27

 
$
295

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at
September 30, 2015
$
99

 
$
865

 
$
(814
)
 
$
(55
)
 
$
(766
)
 
$
(671
)
 
$
25

 
$
(646
)
Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 
573

 

 
(43
)
 
530

 
2

 
532

Equity based compensation expense

 
9

 

 

 

 
9

 

 
9

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 
(81
)
 

 
(81
)
 

 
(81
)
Non-controlling interest dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Other

 
2

 

 

 

 
2

 

 
2

Ending balance at
September 30, 2016
$
99

 
$
876

 
$
(241
)

$
(136
)
 
$
(809
)
 
$
(211
)
 
$
25

 
$
(186
)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

67



MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
Meritor, Inc. (the "company" or "Meritor"), headquartered in Troy, Michigan, is a premier global supplier of a broad range of integrated systems, modules and components to original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and the aftermarket for the commercial vehicle, transportation and industrial sectors. The company serves commercial truck, trailer, military, bus and coach, construction and other industrial OEMs and certain aftermarkets. The consolidated financial statements are those of the company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
Certain businesses are reported in discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of cash flows and related notes for all periods presented. Additional information regarding discontinued operations is discussed in Note 3.

The company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest September 30. The 2018, 2017 and 2016 fiscal years ended on September 30, 2018, October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016, respectively. All year and quarter references relate to the company’s fiscal year and fiscal quarters, unless otherwise stated. For ease of presentation, September 30 is used consistently throughout this report to represent the fiscal year end.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires the use of estimates and assumptions related to the reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates and assumptions were used to review goodwill and other long-lived assets for impairment (see Notes 5 and 12), costs associated with the company’s restructuring actions (see Note 6), product warranty liabilities (see Note 15), long-term incentive compensation plan obligations (see Note 20), retiree medical and pension obligations (see Notes 21 and 22), income taxes (see Note 23), and contingencies including asbestos (see Note 24).
 
Concentration of Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, the company provides credit to customers. The company limits its credit risk by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintaining reserves for potential credit losses and through accounts receivable factoring programs. The company’s accounts receivables are generally due from medium- and heavy-duty truck OEMs, specialty vehicle manufacturers, aftermarket customers, and trailer producers. The company’s ten largest customers accounted for 75 percent , 74 percent and 73 percent of sales in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Sales to the company's top three customers were 52 percent, 49 percent and 50 percent of total sales in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At September 30, 2018 and 2017, 23 percent of the company's trade accounts receivable were from the company's three largest customers.

Consolidation and Joint Ventures

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and those subsidiaries in which the company has control. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations of controlled subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements and are offset by a related noncontrolling interest recorded for the noncontrolling partners’ ownership. Investments in affiliates that are not controlled are reported using the equity method of accounting (see Note 14).

Foreign Currency
 
Local currencies are generally considered the functional currencies for operations outside the U.S. For operations reporting in local currencies, assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates with cumulative currency translation adjustments included as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the consolidated balance sheet. Income and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange during the year.
 

68



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. An impairment loss is recognized when a long-lived asset’s carrying value exceeds the fair value.
 
Long-lived assets held for sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost to sell.

Discontinued Operations
 
A business component that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale is reported as discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The results of discontinued operations are aggregated and presented separately in the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows (see Note 3).
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenues are recognized upon shipment of product and transfer of ownership to the customer. Provisions for customer sales allowances and incentives are recorded as a reduction of sales at the time of product shipment.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
An allowance for uncollectible trade receivables is recorded when accounts are deemed uncollectible based on consideration of write-off history, aging analysis, and any specific, known troubled accounts.
 
Earnings per Share
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. The diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation includes the impact of dilutive common stock options, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance share units, and convertible securities, if applicable.
 
A reconciliation of basic average common shares outstanding to diluted average common shares outstanding is as follows (in millions):
 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Basic average common shares outstanding
87.5

 
88.0

 
90.1

Impact of restricted shares, restricted share units and performance share units
2.8

 
1.7

 
1.9

Impact of convertible notes
0.9

 
0.5

 

Diluted average common shares outstanding
91.2

 
90.2

 
92.0


In November 2017, the Board of Directors approved a grant of performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the long-term incentive plan. Each performance share unit represents the right to receive one share of common stock or its cash equivalent upon achievement of certain performance and time vesting criteria. The fair value of each performance share unit was $24.79, which was the company’s share price on the grant date of December 1, 2017. The Board of Directors also approved a grant of 0.3 million restricted share units to these executives. The restricted share units vest at the earlier of three years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment with the company under certain circumstances. The fair value of each restricted share unit was $24.79, which was the company's share price on the grant date of December 1, 2017.
The actual number of performance share units that will vest depends upon the company’s performance relative to the established performance metrics for the three-year performance period of October 1, 2017 to September 30, 2020, measured at the end of the performance period. The number of performance share units that vest will depend on adjusted EBITDA margin and adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations at the following weights: 50% associated with achieving an adjusted EBITDA

69



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


margin target and 50% associated with achieving an adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations target. The number of performance share units that vest will be between 0% and 200% of the grant date amount of 0.3 million performance share units.
In November 2016, the Board of Directors approved a grant of performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the long-term incentive plan. Each performance share unit represents the right to receive one share of common stock or its cash equivalent upon achievement of certain performance and time vesting criteria. The fair value of each performance share unit was $12.77, which was the company’s share price on the grant date of December 1, 2016. The Board of Directors also approved a grant of 0.5 million restricted share units to these executives. The restricted share units vest at the earlier of three years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment with the company under certain circumstances. The fair value of each restricted share unit was $12.77, which was the company's share price on the grant date of December 1, 2016.
The actual number of performance share units that will vest depends upon the company’s performance relative to the established M2019 goals for the three-year performance period of October 1, 2016 to September 30, 2019, measured at the end of the performance period. The number of performance share units that vest will depend on meeting the established M2019 goals at the following weights: 50% associated with achieving an Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations target, 25% associated with achieving a target for revenue growth above market and 25% associated with achieving a Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA target. The number of performance share units that vest will be between 0% and 200% of the grant date amount of 0.6 million performance share units.
In November 2015, the Board of Directors approved a grant of performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the long-term incentive plan. Each performance share unit represents the right to receive one share of common stock or its cash equivalent upon achievement of certain performance and time vesting criteria. The fair value of each performance share unit was $10.51, which was the company’s share price on the grant date of December 1, 2015. The Board of Directors also approved a grant of 0.5 million restricted share units to these executives. The restricted share units vest at the earlier of three years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment with the company under certain circumstances. The fair value of each restricted share unit was $10.51, which was the company's share price on the grant date of December 1, 2015.
The actual number of performance share units that will vest depends upon the company’s performance relative to the established performance metrics for the three-year performance period of October 1, 2015 to September 30, 2018, measured at the end of the performance period. The number of performance share units that vest will depend on Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations at the following weights: 50% associated with achieving an Adjusted EBITDA margin target and 50% associated with achieving an Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations target. The number of performance share units that vest will be between 0% and 200% of the grant date amount of 0.7 million performance share units.
For the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the dilutive impact of previously issued restricted shares, restricted share units, and performance share units was 2.8 million, 1.7 million and 1.9 million, respectively. For the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, compensation cost related to restricted shares, restricted share units, performance share units and stock options was $20 million, $19 million and $9 million, respectively.
For the fiscal years ended 2018 and 2017, 0.9 million and 0.5 million shares were included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the average stock price exceeded the conversion price for the 7.875 percent convertible notes due 2026. For the year ended September 30, 2016, the company's convertible senior unsecured notes were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, as the company's average stock price during this period was less than the conversion price for the 7.875 percent convertible notes due 2026.

Other
 
Other significant accounting policies are included in the related notes, specifically, goodwill (Note 5), inventories (Note 10), property and depreciation (Note 12), capitalized software (Note 13), product warranties (Note 15), financial instruments (Note 18), equity based compensation (Note 20), retirement medical plans (Note 21), retirement pension plans (Note 22), income taxes (Note 23) and environmental and asbestos-related liabilities (Note 24).
 

70



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Accounting standards implemented during fiscal year 2018

In July 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2018-09, Codification Improvements. The amendments in this ASU result from the FASB’s standing project to address suggestions on the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and to make other incremental improvements to GAAP. The amendments include changes to clarify the ASC or correct unintended application of guidance that is not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities.

Some of the amendments in this ASU were effective upon issuance. Others have transition guidance with effective dates for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, for public business entities. And some are conforming amendments that have been made to recently issued guidance that is not yet effective that may require application of the transition and effective date guidance in the original ASU.

The amendments that were effective upon issuance did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial statements. The company plans to implement the remaining amendments beginning October 1, 2019 and is currently evaluating the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendment changes the recognition and presentation requirements of hedge accounting, including eliminating the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and presenting all items that affect earnings in the same income statement line as the hedged item. The guidance also eases certain documentation and assessment requirements and modifies the accounting components excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Changes to income statement classification and financial statement disclosures will be applied prospectively from the date of adoption. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The new guidance eliminates the need to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit to measure a goodwill impairment. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. The revised guidance will be applied prospectively, and is effective for calendar year-end SEC filers in 2020. Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The company adopted this standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests held through Related Parties that are under Common Control, which alters how a decision maker needs to consider indirect interests in a variable interest entity ("VIE") held through an entity under common control. Under the ASU, if a decision maker is required to evaluate whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it will need to consider only its proportionate indirect interest in the VIE held through a common control party. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The ASU intends to simplify how share-based payments are accounted for, including accounting for income taxes, forfeitures and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. Following adoption of this standard, all excess tax benefits and all tax deficiencies generated in the current and future periods will be prospectively recorded as income tax benefit or expense in the company’s consolidated statement of operations in the reporting period in which they occur. An income tax benefit of approximately $1 million was recognized in the quarterly period ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-09 and a corresponding $1 million increase in income from continuing operations and net income was recognized during such quarter.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting. The ASU eliminates the requirement to apply the equity method of accounting retrospectively when a reporting entity obtains significant influence over a previously held investment. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 

71



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. The ASU clarifies that an exercise contingency itself does not need to be evaluated to determine whether it is in an embedded derivative, just the underlying option. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. The update clarifies that a change in a counterparty to a derivative instrument designated as a hedging instrument would not require the entity to dedesignate the hedging relationship and discontinue the application of hedge accounting. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which requires entities that measure inventory using first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or average cost to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. This guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Accounting standards to be implemented

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). This ASU requires that implementation costs incurred by customers in a cloud computing arrangement be deferred and recognized over the term of the arrangement, if those costs would have been capitalized in a software licensing arrangement under the internal-use software guidance under ASC 350-40. For public business entities, amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for all entities. The amendments in this update should be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—General (Topic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. The amendments in this ASU amend ASC 715-20 to add, remove, and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. For public business entities, amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. An entity should apply the amendments in this update on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this ASU add, modify, and eliminate certain disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Certain amendments should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. Others should be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of this ASU and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements. The amendments in this ASU affect the guidance issued in ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which is not yet effective. The amendments provide entities with an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new leases standard. Under this new transition method, an entity initially applies the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The effective date for this ASU is the same as that for ASU 2016-02 as described below. Therefore, the company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2019 in connection with its planned implementation of ASU 2016-02 and is currently assessing the impact of this new transition method on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to (Topic 842). The amendments in this ASU affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which is not yet effective. The effective date and

72



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


transition requirements for this ASU are the same as those for ASU 2016-02 as described below. Therefore, the company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2019 in connection with its planned implementation of ASU 2016-02 and is currently assessing the potential impact of this new guidance on its accounting policies and its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). The guidance in ASU 2018-02 allows an entity to elect to reclassify the stranded tax effects related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 ("U.S. tax reform") from accumulated other comprehensive income into retained earnings. ASU 2018-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. ASU 2017-09 amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements and provides guidance on when an entity would be required to apply modification accounting. This standard is effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. ASU 2017-08 affects entities who own investments in callable debt securities and aligns the amortization period of premiums on callable debt securities to expectations incorporated in market pricing on the underlying securities. This standard is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments in this update should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effective adjustment directly to retained earnings at the beginning of the adoption period. The company does not expect a material impact on its consolidated financial statements from adoption of this guidance.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. The new guidance requires entities to only include the service cost component of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost in operating expenses (together with other employee compensation costs). The other components of net benefit cost, including amortization of prior service cost/credit, are to be included in a separate line item(s) outside of any sub-total of operating income. ASU 2017-07 also provides guidance that only the service cost component of net benefit cost is eligible for capitalization. This standard is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The revisions in this amendment are to be applied retrospectively for the presentation of the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the income statement and prospectively for the capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit in assets. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-05, Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets. ASU 2017-05 provides guidance which defines an "in substance nonfinancial asset"; unifies guidance related to partial sales of nonfinancial assets; eliminates rules specifically addressing sales of real estate; removes exceptions to the financial asset derecognition model; and clarifies the accounting for contributions of nonfinancial assets to joint ventures. The effective date and the transition requirements for the amendments in ASU 2017-05 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in Topic 606, described below. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The ASU provides clarification on the definition of a business and adds guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. To be considered a business under the new guidance, it must include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output. The amendment removes the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be applied prospectively. The potential impact of this new guidance will be assessed for future acquisitions or dispositions, but it is not expected to have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial statements.

73



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory. The ASU was issued to remove the prohibition in ASC 740 against the immediate recognition of the current and deferred income tax effects of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted; however, the guidance can only be adopted in the first interim period of a fiscal year. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). The ASU was issued to reduce differences in practice with respect to how specific transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The update provides guidance on the following eight types of transactions: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investments, beneficial interests in securitization transactions and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The ASU introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including accounts receivable. The ASU also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and provides for a simplified accounting model for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. The amendments in this update are required to be adopted by public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance on its accounting policies and its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The ASU clarifies the assessment of the likelihood that revenue will be collected from a contract, the guidance for presenting sales taxes and similar taxes, and the timing for measuring customer payments that are not in cash. The ASU also establishes a practical expedient for contract modifications at the transition. The amendments in this update affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, which is not effective yet. The effective date and the transition requirements for the amendments in ASU 2016-12 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in ASU 2014-09 as described below. Therefore, the company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2018 in connection with its planned implementation of ASU 2014-09. Please see discussion of ASU 2014-09 below.

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-11, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting (SEC Update). The ASU was issued to remove from the ASC certain SEC staff guidance that the SEC staff stated would be rescinded: Revenue and Expense Recognition for Freight Services in Process; Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs; and Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products). The amendments in this update affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, which is not effective yet. The effective date and the transition requirements for the amendments in ASU 2016-11 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in ASU 2014-09 as described below. Therefore, the company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2018 in connection with its planned implementation of ASU 2014-09. Please see discussion of ASU 2014-09 below.

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing. The ASU provides guidance regarding the identification of performance and licensing obligations. The amendments in this update affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, which is not effective yet. The effective date and the transition requirements for the amendments in ASU 2016-10 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in ASU 2014-09 as described below. Therefore, the company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2018 in connection with its planned implementation of ASU 2014-09. Please see discussion of ASU 2014-09 below.


74



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) to clarify certain aspects of the principal-versus-agent guidance in its new revenue recognition standard. The amendments in this update affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which is not yet effective. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments in ASU 2016-08 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of ASU 2014-09. Therefore, the company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2018 in connection with its planned implementation of ASU 2014-09. Please see discussion of ASU 2014-09 below.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The update will require lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for substantially all leases. The standard is required to be adopted by public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2019 and is currently assessing the potential impact of this new guidance on its accounting policies and its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10), Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The company does not expect a material impact on its consolidated financial statements from adoption of this guidance.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires companies to recognize revenue when a customer obtains control rather than when companies have transferred substantially all risks and rewards of a good or service and requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. ASU 2014-09 was originally effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal periods. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year making it effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal periods, while also providing for early adoption but not before the original effective date. The company plans to implement this standard in the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2018 using the modified-retrospective transition method. The company is concluding the assessment phase of its implementation of this standard. The company does not expect a material impact on its consolidated financial statements from adoption of this guidance. Disclosure requirements under this standard have been significantly expanded in comparison to the disclosure requirements under current GAAP. The company has completed its assessment of the new disclosure requirements and is in the process of drafting its disclosures for both interim and annual periods under Topic 606, and the company has determined that it will further disaggregate revenue by presenting revenue by geographic region for each of its reportable segments.


3. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
Results of the discontinued operations are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$

 
$

 
$

Litigation settlement
(2
)
 

 
(3
)
Other, net
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
Loss before income taxes
(4
)
 
(1
)
 
(7
)
Benefit from income taxes
1

 

 
3

Loss from discontinued operations attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
(3
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
(4
)

Loss from discontinued operations attributable to the company for the twelve months ended September 30, 2018 was primarily related to changes in estimates related to legal costs incurred in connection with a previously divested business.


75



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Prior Period Divestiture

MSSC
In October 2009, the company closed on the sale of its 57 percent interest in MSSC, a joint venture that manufactured and supplied automotive coil springs, torsion bars and stabilizer bars in North America, to the joint venture partner, a subsidiary of Mitsubishi Steel Mfg. Co., LTD (MSM). In connection with the sale of its interest in MSSC, the company agreed to indemnify the buyer for its share of potential obligations related to pension funding shortfall, environmental and other contingencies, and valuation of certain accounts receivable and inventories. The company's estimated exposure under these indemnities at September 30, 2017 was approximately $1 million. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company determined with confirmation from MSSC that the obligation was no longer probable and therefore the company released the accrual. Adjustments to amounts previously reported in discontinued operations that are related to the disposal of the company’s MSSC business are reflected in discontinued operations for all periods presented.
4. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE
In fiscal year 2018, management approved plans to sell $2 million of property in various locations, of which $1 million was within the Aftermarket & Industrial reporting segment and $1 million was within corporate locations. The company expects to sell the assets within one year from management's approval of the plans. The assets met the criteria for presentation as held for sale as of September 30, 2018.
Meritor Huayang Vehicle Braking Company Ltd.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, management approved a plan to sell Meritor Huayang Vehicle Braking Company Ltd. within the Commercial Truck & Trailer reporting segment. The company expected to sell the business within one year from management's approval of the plan. The business and its associated assets and liabilities met the criteria for presentation as held for sale as of September 30, 2017.
Assets and liabilities held for sale are measured at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Upon meeting the held for sale criteria, the company determined the carrying value of the business exceeded the fair value less costs to sell. As a result, an impairment charge of $3 million was recorded within other operating expense, net in the company’s consolidated statement of operations during fiscal year 2017.
On February 7, 2018, Meritor completed the sale of its equity interest in Meritor Huayang Vehicle Braking Company Ltd. All assets and liabilities of the business were transferred at closing.
5. GOODWILL
 
In accordance with ASC Topic 350-20, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other", goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year or more frequently if certain indicators arise. If business conditions or other factors cause the operating results and cash flows of a reporting unit to decline, the company may be required to record impairment charges for goodwill at that time. The company tests goodwill for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. When two or more components of an operating segment have similar economic characteristics, the components are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit. An operating segment is deemed to be a reporting unit if all of its components are similar, if none of its components are a reporting unit, or if the segment comprises only a single component.

Annual Impairment Analysis
ASC Topic 350 allows entities to perform an initial qualitative evaluation to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The results of this qualitative assessment determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. As allowed by the revised guidance, the company has elected to bypass the qualitative assessment for fiscal year 2018 and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test.

Excluding the qualitative evaluation discussed above, the quantitative goodwill impairment review is a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined by using discounted cash flows

76



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


and market multiples on earnings. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge based on that difference will be recorded. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
 
The impairment review is highly judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions have a significant impact on the amount of any impairment charge recorded. Discounted cash flow methods are dependent upon assumptions of future sales trends, market conditions and cash flows of each reporting unit over several years. Actual cash flows in the future may differ significantly from those previously forecasted.

For fiscal year 2018, the fair value of all of the company’s reporting units exceeded their carrying values.

Realignment of Reporting Units
As discussed in Note 25, the company realigned its operations in the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, resulting in a change to its reportable segments. As a result of the change in reportable segments, the company's reporting units changed. The Commercial Truck & Trailer segment contains two reporting units. The Aftermarket & Industrial segment contains three reporting units. Goodwill was reassigned to the new reporting units using a relative fair value allocation.

Acquisition of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc. Business
On April 30, 2018, the company acquired substantially all of the assets of AA Gear & Manufacturing, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("AAG") for a cash purchase price of approximately $35 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The AAG acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The company recorded provisional goodwill in the amount of $9 million for the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed, excluding identifiable intangible assets. This recorded goodwill consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the company and AAG. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Commercial Truck & Trailer reportable segment. All goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes over the next 15 years.
Acquisition of Fabco Holdings, Inc. Business
On August 31, 2017, the company acquired certain assets of Fabco, including its product portfolio and related technologies, for a cash purchase price of $34 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The Fabco acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. As a result, we recorded goodwill in the amount of $20 million for the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed, excluding identifiable intangible assets. This recorded goodwill consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the company and Fabco. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Aftermarket & Industrial reportable segment.
A summary of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill is presented below (in millions):
 
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket
& Industrial
 
Total
Goodwill (1)
$
280

 
$
125

 
$
405

Accumulated impairment losses (1)

 
(15
)
 
(15
)
Balance at September 30, 2016 (1)
280

 
110

 
390

       Goodwill acquired from acquisition (1)

 
19

 
19

Foreign currency translation (1)
3

 
2

 
5

Balance at September 30, 2017 (1)
283

 
131

 
414

Adjustment due to sale of a business (see Note 7)
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Fabco measurement period adjustment (see Note 7)

 
1

 
1

       Goodwill acquired from acquisition (see Note 7)
9

 

 
9

Foreign currency translation
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Balance at September 30, 2018
$
289

 
$
132

 
$
421


(1) Amounts have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes (see Note 25).

6. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

77



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
At September 30, 2018 and 2017, $4 million and $6 million, respectively, of restructuring reserves primarily related to unpaid employee termination benefits remained in the consolidated balance sheet. Asset impairment charges relate to manufacturing facilities that have been sold and machinery and equipment that became idle and obsolete as a result of these actions.

The following table summarizes changes in restructuring reserves (in millions):

 
Employee
Termination
Benefits
 
Asset
Impairment
 
Plant
Shutdown
& Other
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2015
$
10

 
$

 
$

 
$
10

Activity during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charges to continuing operations
15

 

 
1

 
16

Cash payments – continuing operations
(11
)
 

 

 
(11
)
Other
1

 

 

 
1

Balance at September 30, 2016
15

 

 
1

 
16

Activity during the period:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Charges to continuing operations
5

 

 
1

 
6

Cash payments – continuing operations
(14
)
 

 
(1
)
 
(15
)
Other
(1
)
 

 

 
(1
)
Balance at September 30, 2017
5

 

 
1

 
6

Activity during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charges to continuing operations
6

 

 

 
6

Cash payments – continuing operations
(7
)
 

 
(1
)
 
(8
)
Total restructuring reserves, end of year
4



 

 
4

Less: non-current restructuring reserves
(1
)
 

 

 
(1
)
Restructuring reserves – current, at September 30, 2018
$
3

 
$

 
$

 
$
3

 
 
Restructuring costs attributable to the company’s business segments during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows (in millions):

 
Commercial
Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket & Industrial
 
Corporate
 
Total
Fiscal year 2018:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Realignment Program
$

 
$
3

 
$

 
$
3

Other
1

 
1

 
1

 
3

Total restructuring costs
$
1

 
$
4

 
$
1

 
$
6

Fiscal year 2017 (1):
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

Aftermarket actions

 
4

 

 
4

Other
2

 

 

 
2

Total restructuring costs
$
2

 
$
4

 
$

 
$
6

Fiscal year 2016 (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market related actions
$
5

 
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
8

Aftermarket actions

 
5

 

 
5

Other
1

 
2

 

 
3

Total restructuring costs
$
6

 
$
8

 
$
2

 
$
16


78



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


(1) 
Fiscal year 2017 and 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.

Segment Realignment Program: On March 12, 2018, the company announced a realignment of operations to further drive long-term strategic objectives while also assigning new responsibilities as part of its commitment to leadership development. As a part of this program, the company approved various labor restructuring actions in the Aftermarket & Industrial segment. The company recorded $3 million of restructuring costs during fiscal year 2018, in connection with this program. These actions were substantially complete as of fiscal year 2018.
Other Restructuring Actions: During fiscal year 2018, the company recorded restructuring costs of $3 million primarily associated with labor reduction programs in the Commercial Truck & Trailer segment and Aftermarket & Industrial segment.
Fiscals 2017 & 2016 Aftermarket Actions: During the third quarter of fiscal year 2016, the company approved various restructuring plans in the North American and European Aftermarket businesses. The company recorded $5 million of restructuring costs during the third quarter of fiscal year 2016 and $4 million of restructuring costs during fiscal year 2017. Restructuring actions associated with these plans were substantially complete as of September 30, 2017.  
Fiscal 2016 Market Related Actions: In response to the decline in revenue in North America and South America, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the company approved various headcount reduction plans targeting different areas of the business. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the company incurred a total of $5 million in restructuring costs in the Commercial Truck & Trailer segment, $1 million in Aftermarket & Industrial segments and $2 million in its corporate locations. Restructuring actions with these plans were substantially complete as of September 30, 2017. 
Other Fiscal 2016 Actions: During the first half of fiscal year 2016, the company recorded restructuring costs of $3 million primarily associated with a labor reduction program in China in the Commercial Truck & Trailer segment and a labor reduction program in the Aftermarket & Industrial segment. Restructuring actions with these plans were substantially complete as of September 30, 2016.
7. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURE

Acquisition of AAG Business
On April 30, 2018, the company acquired substantially all of the assets of AAG for a cash purchase price of approximately $35 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. AAG provides low-to-medium volume batch manufacturing for complex gear and shaft applications, as well as quick-turnaround prototyping solutions and emergency plant support. The AAG acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
Since completion of initial estimates in the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company recorded measurement period adjustments to decrease the purchase price and decrease the provisional fair value of identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the AAG transaction, which had a net zero impact to goodwill. This adjustment was made to reflect additional available information and updated preliminary valuation results. The measurement period remains open to finalize the working capital adjustment and the value of intangible assets and to obtain more information on an open warranty claim. The company is reviewing and may record other additional measurement period adjustments in fiscal year 2019. All goodwill resulting from the acquisition of AAG was assigned to the Commercial Truck & Trailer reportable segment (see Note 5).

79



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
 
As of June 30, 2018
 
Measurement Period Adjustments
 
As of September 30, 2018
Purchase price
$
36

 
$
(1
)
 
$
35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquired assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable, net
2

 

 
2

 
Inventory
5

 

 
5

 
Fixed Assets
5

 
(1
)
 
4

 
Intangible Assets
15

 

 
15

Total identifiable net assets acquired
27

 
(1
)
 
26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of AAG
9

 

 
9

 
 
$
36

 
$
(1
)
 
$
35


Acquisition of Fabco Business
On August 31, 2017, the company acquired certain assets of Fabco, including the product portfolio and related technologies, for a cash purchase price of $34 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The Fabco acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
As of September, 30, 2018, the company finalized all measurement period adjustments related to the Fabco acquisition. Since completion of initial estimates in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, the company recorded a net $1 million measurement period adjustment to decrease the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in the Fabco transaction, resulting in a corresponding $1 million increase to goodwill. These adjustment were made to reflect additional available information and updated valuation results, which included valuation of trademarks, technology and customer relationships. All goodwill resulting from the Fabco acquisition was assigned to the Aftermarket and Industrial reportable segment (see Note 5).
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
 
As of September 30, 2017
 
Measurement Period Adjustments
 
As of September 30, 2018
Purchase price
$
34

 
$

 
$
34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
5

 

 
5

 
Inventories
13

 
(1
)
 
12

 
Property, plant and equipment
9

 
(2
)
 
7

 
Intangible assets

 
3

 
3

 
Accounts payable
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
 
Other current liabilities
(6
)
 
(1
)
 
(7
)
Total identifiable net assets acquired
15

 
(1
)
 
14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Fabco
19

 
1

 
20

 
 
$
34

 
$

 
$
34


Divestiture of Meritor Huayang Vehicle Braking Company Ltd.
On February 7, 2018, Meritor completed the sale of its equity interest in Meritor Huayang Vehicle Braking Company Ltd. All assets and liabilities of the business were transferred at closing. As a result of the divestiture and prior period held for sale classification, a pretax impairment charge of $3 million was previously recorded within other operating expense, net in the company’s consolidated statement of operations for fiscal year 2017.


80



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


8. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FACTORING AND SECURITIZATION
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements
 
Swedish Factoring Facility: The company has an arrangement to sell trade receivables from AB Volvo through one of its European subsidiaries. Under this arrangement with Nordea Bank, which expires in March 2020, the company can sell up to, at any point in time, €155 million ($181 million) of eligible trade receivables. The amount of eligible receivables sold may exceed Nordea Bank's commitment at Nordea Bank's discretion. The receivables under this program are sold at face value and are excluded from the consolidated balance sheet. The company had utilized €136 million ($158 million) and €139 million ($164 million) of this accounts receivable factoring facility as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
 
The facility is backed by a 364-day liquidity commitment from Nordea Bank which extends through February 12, 2019. The commitment is subject to standard terms and conditions for this type of arrangement.

U.S. Factoring Facility: The company has an arrangement to sell trade receivables from AB Volvo and its U.S. subsidiaries through one of its U.S. subsidiaries. Under this arrangement with Nordea Bank, which expires in February 2019, the company can sell up to, at any point in time, €80 million ($93 million) of eligible trade receivables. The amount of eligible receivables sold may exceed Nordea Bank’s commitment at Nordea Bank’s discretion. The receivables under this program are sold at face value and are excluded from the consolidated balance sheet. The company had utilized €45 million ($53 million) and €37 million ($43 million) of this accounts receivable factoring facility as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

United Kingdom Factoring Facility: The company has an arrangement to sell trade receivables from AB Volvo and its European subsidiaries through one of its United Kingdom subsidiaries. Under this arrangement with Nordea Bank, which expires in February 2022, the company can sell up to, at any point in time, €25 million ($29 million) of eligible trade receivables. The receivables under this program are sold at face value and are excluded from the consolidated balance sheet. The company had utilized €8 million ($9 million) and €7 million ($9 million) of this accounts receivable factoring facility as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The agreement is subject to standard terms and conditions for these types of arrangements including a sole discretion clause whereby the bank retains the right to not purchase receivables, which has not been invoked since the inception of the program.
Italy Factoring Facility: The company has an arrangement to sell trade receivables from AB Volvo and its European subsidiaries through one of its Italian subsidiaries. Under this arrangement with Nordea Bank, which expires in June 2022, the company can sell up to, at any point in time, €30 million ($35 million) of eligible trade receivables. The receivables under this program are sold at face value and are excluded from the consolidated balance sheet. The company had utilized €24 million ($28 million) and €22 million ($26 million) of this accounts receivable factoring facility as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The agreement is subject to standard terms and conditions for these types of arrangements including a sole discretion clause whereby the bank retains the right to not purchase receivables, which has not been invoked since the inception of the program.
In addition to the above facilities, a number of the company’s subsidiaries, primarily in Europe, factor eligible accounts receivable with financial institutions. Certain receivables are factored without recourse to the company and are excluded from accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet. The amount of factored receivables excluded from accounts receivable under these arrangements were $12 million and $19 million at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
 
Total costs associated with all of the off-balance sheet arrangements described above were $5 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
 

81



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


On-balance sheet arrangements
 
As of September 30, 2018, the U.S. accounts receivables securitization facility with PNC bank had a facility size of $100 million. On October 4, 2018, the company entered into an amendment that increased the size of the facility to $110 million and extended its expiration date to December 2021. The maximum permitted priority debt-to-EBITDA ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter under the facility is 2.25 to 1.00. This program is provided by PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator and Purchaser, and the other Purchasers and Purchaser Agents party to the agreement from time to time (participating lenders). Under this program, the company has the ability to sell an undivided percentage ownership interest in substantially all of its trade receivables (excluding the receivables due from AB Volvo and subsidiaries eligible for sale under the U.S. accounts receivable factoring facility) of certain U.S. subsidiaries to ArvinMeritor Receivables Corporation ("ARC"), a wholly-owned, special purpose subsidiary. ARC funds these purchases with borrowings from participating lenders under a loan agreement. This program also includes a letter of credit facility pursuant to which ARC may request the issuance of letters of credit issued for the company’s U.S. subsidiaries (originators) or their designees, which when issued will constitute a utilization of the facility for the amount of letters of credit issued. Amounts outstanding under this agreement are collateralized by eligible receivables purchased by ARC and are reported as short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. As of September 30, 2018, $46 million was outstanding under this program, and $11 million was outstanding under related letters of credit. As of September 30, 2017, $89 million was outstanding under this program, and no amounts were outstanding under related letters of credit. This securitization program contains a cross-default to the revolving credit facility. At certain times during any given month, the company may sell eligible accounts receivable under this program to fund intra-month working capital needs. In such months, the company would then typically utilize the cash received from customers throughout the month to repay the borrowings under the program. Accordingly, during any given month, the company may borrow under this program in amounts exceeding the amounts shown as outstanding at fiscal year ends.

9. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE, NET
 
Other operating expense, net for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 primarily relates to environmental remediation costs incurred by the company (see Note 24).

10. INVENTORIES
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using FIFO or average methods) or market (determined on the basis of estimated realizable values) and are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Finished goods
$
170

 
$
139

Work in process
41

 
34

Raw materials, parts and supplies
266

 
205

Total
$
477

 
$
378


11. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
 
     Other current assets are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Asbestos-related recoveries (see Note 24)
$
16

 
$
14

Prepaid and other
30

 
29

Other current assets
$
46

 
$
43


12. NET PROPERTY

82



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Property is stated at cost. Depreciation of property is based on estimated useful lives, generally using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives for buildings and improvements range from 10 to 50 years and estimated useful lives for machinery and equipment range from 3 to 20 years. Significant improvements are capitalized, and disposed or replaced property is written off. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense in the period they are incurred. Company-owned tooling is classified as property and depreciated over the shorter of its expected life or the life of the production contract, generally not to exceed three years.
 
In accordance with the FASB guidance on property, plant and equipment, the company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, to be held and used, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. An impairment loss is recognized when a long-lived asset’s carrying value is not recoverable and exceeds estimated fair value.
 
Net property is summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Property at cost:
 
 
 
Land and land improvements
$
29

 
$
30

Buildings
228

 
240

Machinery and equipment
914

 
892

Company-owned tooling
130

 
126

Construction in progress
81

 
69

Total
1,382

 
1,357

Less: accumulated depreciation
(899
)
 
(883
)
Net property
$
483

 
$
474


83




13. OTHER ASSETS
 
Other assets are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Investments in non-consolidated joint ventures (see Note 14)
$
102

 
$
101

Asbestos-related recoveries (see Note 24)
76

 
32

Unamortized revolver debt issuance costs (see Note 17)
7

 
8

Capitalized software costs, net (1)
26

 
27

Deferred income tax assets (see Note 23)
140

 
229

Assets for uncertain tax positions (see Note 23)
53

 
48

Prepaid pension costs (see Note 22)
152

 
135

Intangible assets (2)
18


1

Other (3)
22

 
15

Other assets
$
596

 
$
596

(1)
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-40, costs relating to internally developed or purchased software in the preliminary project stage and the post-implementation stage are expensed as incurred. Costs in the application development stage that meet the criteria for capitalization are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line basis over the estimated economic useful life of the software.
(2)
Primarily relates to customer relationships. As of September 30, 2018, the gross carrying value was $22 million and the accumulated amortization was $4 million. As of September 30, 2017, the gross carrying value was 1 million and the accumulated amortization was insignificant. The weighted average amortization periods for customer relationships is approximately 19 years.
(3)
As of September 30, 2017, includes reserves for Rockwell insurance policies in dispute.

The company holds a variable interest in a joint venture that is a variable interest entity ("VIE") accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The joint venture manufactures components for commercial vehicle applications primarily on behalf of the company. The variable interest relates to a supply arrangement between the company and the joint venture whereby the company supplies certain components to the joint venture on a cost-plus basis. The company is not the primary beneficiary of the joint venture, as the joint venture partner has shared or absolute control over key manufacturing operations, labor relationships, financing activities and certain other functions of the joint venture. Therefore, the company does not consolidate the joint venture. At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the company’s investment in the joint venture was $63 million and $54 million, respectively.
TransPower
Meritor completed $3 million strategic investments in Transportation Power, Inc. ("TransPower") in each of the first and third quarters of fiscal year 2018. The company holds a variable interest in TransPower, a VIE. TransPower develops electrical drive solutions and supplies integrated drive systems, full electric truck solutions and energy-storage subsystems to major manufacturers of trucks, school buses, refuse vehicles and terminal tractors. The company is not the primary beneficiary of TransPower, as other owners have control over the significant activities of TransPower, including the development of intellectual property and manufacturing. Therefore, the company does not consolidate TransPower. At September 30, 2018, the company’s investment in TransPower was $6 million, representing the company’s maximum exposure to loss.

84



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



14. INVESTMENTS IN NON-CONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES
 
The company’s non-consolidated joint ventures and related direct ownership interest are as follows:
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems (Commercial Truck & Trailer)
%
 
%
 
50
%
Master Sistemas Automotivos Ltda. (Commercial Truck & Trailer)
49
%
 
49
%
 
49
%
Sistemas Automotrices de Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Commercial Truck & Trailer)
50
%
 
50
%
 
50
%
Ege Fren Sanayii ve Ticaret A.S. (Commercial Truck & Trailer)
49
%
 
49
%
 
49
%
Automotive Axles Limited (Commercial Truck & Trailer)
36
%
 
36
%
 
36
%

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, Meritor, Inc. closed on the sale of its interest in Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems ("Meritor WABCO") to a subsidiary of its joint venture partner, WABCO Holdings Inc. The total purchase price for the sale was $250 million, which was recorded as a receivable as of September 30, 2017. The Company also received a final partnership distribution of $8 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, immediately prior to closing.
The Company will remain the exclusive distributor of a certain range of WABCO Holdings Inc.’s aftermarket products in the United States and Canada and the non-exclusive distributor in Mexico for a period of 10 years following the completion of the transaction, and the purchase agreement includes provisions regarding certain future options of the parties to terminate, at certain points during the first three and a half years, these distribution arrangements at an exercise price of between $225 million and $265 million based on the earnings of the business.
The company’s investments in non-consolidated joint ventures are as follows (in millions): 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017 (1)
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
102

 
$
101

Aftermarket & Industrial

 

Total investments in non-consolidated joint ventures
$
102

 
$
101

(1) Amounts for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.

The company’s equity in earnings of non-consolidated joint ventures is as follows (in millions): 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
27

 
$
48

 
$
36

Aftermarket & Industrial

 

 

Total equity in earnings of affiliates
$
27

 
$
48

 
$
36

(1) Amounts for the years ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.

85



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The summarized financial information presented below represents the combined accounts of the company’s non-consolidated joint ventures related to its continuing operations (in millions):
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017 (1)
Current assets
$
390

 
$
326

Non-current assets
163

 
151

Total assets
$
553

 
$
477

 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
$
282

 
$
183

Non-current liabilities
66

 
98

Total liabilities
$
348

 
$
281

(1) Does not include Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems.
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
1,101

 
$
1,156

 
$
1,101

Gross profit
154

 
200

 
165

Net income
59

 
101

 
73


Dividends received from the company’s non-consolidated joint ventures were $17 million in fiscal year 2018, $44 million in fiscal year 2017 and $37 million in fiscal year 2016. Dividends from Meritor WABCO were $36 million in fiscal year 2017, which includes a $8 million final partnership distribution received immediately prior to closing of the sale transaction on October 1, 2017, and $33 million in fiscal year 2016.
 
The company had sales to its non-consolidated joint ventures of approximately $7 million, $2 million and $9 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These sales exclude sales of $196 million, $138 million and $124 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, to a joint venture in the company’s Commercial Truck & Trailer segment, which are eliminated as the company purchases these components back after value add provided by the joint venture. The company had purchases from its non-consolidated joint ventures of approximately $843 million, $787 million and $753 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, the company leases space and provides certain administrative and technical services to various non-consolidated joint ventures. The company collected $11 million, $6 million and $12 million for such leases and services during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
Amounts due from the company’s non-consolidated joint ventures were $43 million and $36 million at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in Receivables, trade and other, net in the consolidated balance sheet. Amounts due to the company’s non-consolidated joint ventures were $110 million and $99 million at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in Accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
The fair value of the company’s investment in its Automotive Axles Limited joint venture was approximately $91 million and $72 million at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, based on quoted market prices as this joint venture is listed and publicly traded on the Bombay Stock Exchange in India.
The company holds a variable interest in a joint venture accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The joint venture manufactures components for commercial vehicle applications primarily on behalf of the company. The variable interest relates to a supply arrangement between the company and the joint venture whereby the company supplies certain components to the joint venture on a cost-plus basis. The company is not the primary beneficiary of the joint venture, as the joint venture partner has shared or had absolute control over key manufacturing operations, labor relationships, financing activities and certain other functions of the joint venture. Therefore, the company does not consolidate the joint venture. At September 30, 2018 and 2017, the company’s investment in the joint venture was $63 million and $54 million, respectively, representing the company’s maximum exposure to loss. This amount is included in investments in non-consolidated joint ventures (see Note 13). 

86



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



15. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
Other current liabilities are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Compensation and benefits
$
122

 
$
117

Income taxes
27

 
11

Taxes other than income taxes
25

 
34

Accrued interest
11

 
9

Product warranties
19

 
18

Environmental reserves (see Note 24)
8

 
5

Restructuring (see Note 6)
3

 
5

Asbestos-related liabilities (see Note 24)
18

 
19

Indemnity obligations (see Note 24)
1

 
2

Other
56

 
52

Other current liabilities
$
290

 
$
272

The company records estimated product warranty costs at the time of shipment of products to customers. Warranty reserves are primarily based on factors that include past claims experience, sales history, product manufacturing and engineering changes and industry developments. Liabilities for product recall campaigns are recorded at the time the company’s obligation is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Policy repair actions to maintain customer relationships are recorded as other liabilities at the time an obligation is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Product warranties, including recall campaigns, not expected to be paid within one year are recorded as a non-current liability.
 
A summary of the changes in product warranties is as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Total product warranties – beginning of year
$
45

 
$
44

 
$
48

Accruals for product warranties
22

 
14

 
10

Payments
(16
)
 
(17
)
 
(14
)
Change in estimates and other
3

 
4

 

Total product warranties – end of year
54

 
45

 
44

Less: non-current product warranties (see Note 16)
(35
)
 
(27
)
 
(26
)
Product warranties – current
$
19

 
$
18

 
$
18


87



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



16. OTHER LIABILITIES
 
Other liabilities are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Asbestos-related liabilities (see Note 24)
$
193

 
$
124

Restructuring (see Note 6)
1

 
1

Deferred income tax liabilities (see Note 23)
16

 
12

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions (see Note 23)
48

 
32

Product warranties (see Note 15)
35

 
27

Environmental (see Note 24)
9

 
4

Indemnity obligations (see Note 24)
9

 
10

Other
21

 
29

Other liabilities
$
332

 
$
239


17. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Long-Term Debt, net of discounts where applicable, is summarized as follows (in millions):
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
3.25 percent convertible notes due 2037 (1)(3)
$
318

 
$
317

4.0 percent convertible notes due 2027(1)(4)
24

 
24

7.875 percent convertible notes due 2026(1)(5)
22

 
22

6.75 percent notes due 2021(2)(6)

 
173

6.25 percent notes due 2024(2)(7)
444

 
443

Capital lease obligation
7

 
12

Borrowings and securitization
46

 
89

Unamortized discount on convertible notes (8)
(37
)
 
(42
)
Subtotal
824

 
1,038

Less: current maturities
(94
)
 
(288
)
Long-term debt
$
730

 
$
750

(1) The 3.25 percent, 4.0 percent and 7.875 percent convertible notes contain a put and call feature, which allows for earlier redemption beginning in 2025, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
(2) The 6.75 percent and 6.25 percent notes contain a call option, which allows for early redemption by the issuer.
(3) The 3.25 percent convertible notes due 2037 are presented net of $7 million and $8 million unamortized issuance costs as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.
(4) The 4.0 percent convertible notes due 2027 are presented net of unamortized issuance costs of an insignificant amount as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.
(5) The 7.875 percent convertible notes due 2026 are presented net of unamortized issuance costs of an insignificant amount as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, and $1 million original issuance discount as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.
(6) The 6.75 percent notes due 2021 are presented net of $2 million unamortized issuance costs as of September 30, 2017.
(7) The 6.25 percent notes due 2024 are presented net of $6 million and $7 million unamortized issuance costs as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

88



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


(8) The carrying amount of the equity component related to convertible debt.
Repurchase of Debt Securities
On September 28, 2017, the company redeemed $100 million of the $275 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the company's 6.75 percent notes due 2021 (the "6.75 Percent Notes") at a price of $1,033.75 per $1,000 of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. As a result, a loss on debt extinguishment of $5 million was recorded in the company's consolidated statement of operations within Interest expense, net. The redemption was made under the company's July 2016 debt repurchase authorization (see Note 19). On November 2, 2017, the company redeemed the remaining $175 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the company's 6.75 Percent Notes at a price of $1,033.75 per $1,000 of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $8 million. The loss on debt extinguishment is included in Interest expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. The redemption was made pursuant to a special authorization from the Board of Directors in connection with the sale of the company's interest in Meritor WABCO in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.
The company used the net proceeds, after issuance costs and discounts, of approximately $317 million from the offering of the 3.25 percent senior convertible notes due 2037 (the "3.25 Percent Convertible Notes") to acquire portions of its outstanding 7.875 percent senior convertible notes due 2026 (the "7.875 Percent Convertible Notes") and its 4.0 percent senior convertible notes due 2027 (the "4.0 Percent Convertible Notes") in transactions that settled concurrently with the closing of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Note offering on September 22, 2017. In total, the company repurchased $117 million of the $140 million principal amount of its 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes and $119 million of the $143 million principal amount of its 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes. The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes and 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes were repurchased at premiums equal to 130 percent and 16 percent, respectively, above their principal amount. These repurchases were accounted for as extinguishments of debt, and accordingly the company recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $31 million in the aggregate ($23 million with respect to the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes and $8 million with respect to the 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes). The loss on extinguishment was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations within Interest expense, net during fiscal year 2017.
On March 1, 2016, substantially all $55 million principal amount outstanding of the company's 4.625 percent convertible notes due 2026 (the "4.625 Percent Convertible Notes") were repurchased at 100 percent of their face value. On April 15, 2016, the remaining 4.625 Percent Convertible Notes were redeemed at 100 percent of the face value. As of September 30, 2016, none of the 4.625 Percent Convertible Notes were outstanding. The repurchases were made under the company's equity and equity linked repurchase authorization (see Note 19). The repurchase program under this authorization was complete as of September 30, 2016.
Current Classification of 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes
The 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes were classified as current as of September 30, 2018 as the securities are redeemable at the option of the holder on February 15, 2019, at a repurchase price in cash equal to 100 percent of the accreted principal amount of the securities to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes were classified as noncurrent as of September 30, 2017.
Current Classification of 6.75 Percent Notes
As of September 30, 2017, the company announced its intention to redeem all of the remaining $175 million aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the company's 6.75 Percent Notes. On November 2, 2017, all of the $175 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the company's 6.75 Percent Notes was redeemed at a price of $1,033.75 per $1,000 of principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. As a result, the 6.75 Percent Notes were classified as current as of September 30, 2017.
Current Classification of 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes
The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes were classified as current as of September 30, 2018 as the holders are entitled to convert all or a portion of their 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes at any time beginning October 1, 2018 and prior to the close of business on December 31, 2018 at a rate of 83.3333 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes (representing a conversion price of approximately $12.00 per share). The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes are convertible as the closing price of shares of the company's common stock for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading-day period ending on September 28, 2018 was greater than 120 percent of the $12.00 conversion price associated with the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes.
The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes were classified as current as of September 30, 2017 as the holders were entitled to convert all or a portion of their 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes at any time beginning October 1, 2017 and prior to the close of business on December 30, 2017 at a rate of 83.3333 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes (representing a conversion price of approximately $12.00 per share). The 7.875 Percent Convertible

89



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Notes were convertible as the closing price of shares of the company's common stock for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading-day period ending on September 29, 2017 was greater than 120 percent of the $12.00 conversion price associated with the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes.
The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes surrendered for conversion, if any, would be settled in cash up to the principal amount at maturity of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes and cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock, at the company’s election, for the remainder of the conversion value of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes in excess of the principal amount at maturity and cash in lieu of any fractional shares, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the indenture that governs the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes.
As a result of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes becoming currently convertible for cash up to the principal amount of $23 million at the holder's option, $1 million and $2 million of permanent equity was reclassified as mezzanine equity as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively.

Revolving Credit Facility
On March 31, 2017, the company amended and restated its revolving credit facility. Pursuant to the revolving credit agreement, as amended, the company has a $525 million revolving credit facility that matures in March 2022. Additionally, $4 million was capitalized as deferred issuance costs and will be amortized over the term of the agreement. The availability under this facility is dependent upon various factors, including performance against certain financial covenants as highlighted below.
The availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to certain financial covenants based on (i) the ratio of the company’s priority debt (consisting principally of amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility, U.S. accounts receivable securitization and factoring programs, and third-party non-working capital foreign debt) to EBITDA and (ii) the amount of annual capital expenditures. The company is required to maintain a total priority-debt-to-EBITDA ratio, as defined in the agreement, of 2.25 to 1.00 or less as of the last day of each fiscal quarter throughout the term of the agreement.
The availability under the revolving credit facility is also subject to a collateral test, pursuant to which borrowings on the revolving credit facility cannot exceed 1.0x the collateral test value. The collateral test is performed on a quarterly basis. At September 30, 2018, the revolving credit facility was collateralized by approximately $875 million of the company's assets, primarily consisting of eligible domestic U.S. accounts receivable, inventory, plant, property and equipment, intellectual property and the company's investment in all or a portion of certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are subject to interest based on quoted LIBOR rates plus a margin and a commitment fee on undrawn amounts, both of which are based upon the company's current corporate credit rating. At September 30, 2018, the margin over LIBOR rate was 275 basis points, and the commitment fee was 37.5 basis points. Overnight revolving credit loans are at the prime rate plus a margin of 175 basis points.
Certain of the company's subsidiaries, as defined in the revolving credit agreement, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Similar subsidiary guarantees are provided for the benefit of the holders of the publicly held notes outstanding under the company's indentures (see Note 28).
No borrowings were outstanding under the revolving credit facility at September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The amended and extended revolving credit facility includes $100 million of availability for the issuance of letters of credit. At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, there were no letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

Debt Securities
In December 2017, the company filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC, registering an indeterminate amount of debt and/or equity securities that the company may offer in one or more offerings on terms to be determined at the time of sale. The December 2017 shelf registration statement superseded and replaced the shelf registration statement filed in December 2014, as amended.
3.25 Percent Convertible Notes
On September 22, 2017, the company issued $325 million principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes. The 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes were sold in an underwritten offering to qualified institutional buyers in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes were issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount per note and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Net proceeds received by the company, after issuance costs and discounts, were approximately $317 million.
The company pays 3.25 percent cash interest per year on the principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning April 15, 2018, to holders of record at the close of

90



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


business on the preceding April 1 or October 1, respectively. Interest accrues on the principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes from and including the date the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes were issued or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, to, but excluding, the next interest payment date.
The 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries that guarantee the company’s amended and restated revolving credit facility. The 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes are the company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the company’s existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and effectively junior to any of the company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The guarantee by each subsidiary guarantor will rank equally with existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of such subsidiary and effectively junior to all of the existing and future secured indebtedness of such subsidiary, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
The 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes will be convertible into cash up to the principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes surrendered for conversion and the company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the company’s common stock, at the company’s election, in respect of the remainder, if any, of the company’s conversion obligation in excess of the principal amount of the notes being converted. The initial conversion rate, subject to adjustment, is 25.0474 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes (which represents an initial conversion price of $39.92 per share). Holders may convert their notes, at their option, only under the following circumstances prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding July 15, 2037, other than during the period from and including July 15, 2025 to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 15, 2025:
during any calendar quarter after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2017, if the closing sale price of the company’s common stock for 20 or more trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on and including the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter equals or exceeds 130 percent of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day;
during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes for each trading day during such five consecutive trading day period was less than 98 percent of the product of the closing price of the company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day;
if the company calls any of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes for redemption, at any time from the delivery of the redemption notice through the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or
upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions.
During the period from and including July 15, 2025 to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 15, 2025, and on or after July 15, 2037 until the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.
On or after October 15, 2025, but prior to July 15, 2037, the company may redeem the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes at the company’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price in cash equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. Further, holders may require the company to purchase all or a portion of their 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date, on October 15, 2025 or upon certain fundamental changes. The maximum number of shares of common stock into which the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes are convertible is approximately 8 million shares.
Accounting guidance requires that cash-settled convertible debt, such as the 3.25 Percent Convertible Notes, be separated into debt and equity components at issuance and a value be assigned to each. The value assigned to the debt component is the estimated fair value, as of the issuance date, of a similar bond without the conversion feature. The difference between the bond cash proceeds and this estimated fair value, representing the value assigned to the equity component, is recorded as a debt discount. The company measures the debt component at fair value by utilizing a discounted cash flow model. This model utilizes observable inputs such as contractual repayment terms, benchmark forward yield curves, yield curves and quoted market prices of its own nonconvertible debt. The yield curves are acquired from an independent source that is widely used in the financial industry and reviewed internally by personnel with appropriate expertise in valuation methodologies.
6.25 Percent Notes
On February 13, 2014, the company completed a public offering of debt securities consisting of the issuance of $225 million principal amount of 10-year, 6.25 percent notes due 2024 (the "Initial 6.25 Percent Notes"). The offering and sale were made pursuant to the company's February 2012 shelf registration statement. The Initial 6.25 Percent Notes were issued under the

91



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


company's indenture dated as of April 1, 1998, as supplemented. The Initial 6.25 Percent Notes were issued at 100 percent of their principal amount. The proceeds from the sale of the Initial 6.25 Percent Notes were $225 million and, together with cash on hand, were primarily used to repurchase $250 million principal amount of the company’s previously outstanding 10.625 percent notes due 2018.
On June 11, 2015, the company completed a public offering of an additional $225 million aggregate principal amount of 6.25 percent notes due 2024 (the "Additional 6.25 Percent Notes") in an underwritten public offering pursuant to the company's December 2014 shelf registration statement. The proceeds from the sale of the Additional 6.25 Percent Notes were used to replenish available cash used to pay $179 million, including premium and fees, to repurchase $110 million principal amount at maturity of the company's 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes. The company used the remaining net proceeds to purchase an annuity to satisfy its obligations under the Canadian and German pension plans for its employees and for general corporate purposes. The Additional 6.25 Percent Notes constitute a further issuance of, and are fungible with, the $225 million aggregate principal amount of Initial 6.25 Percent Notes that the company issued on February 13, 2014 and form a single series with the Initial 6.25 Percent Notes (collectively, the "6.25 Percent Notes"). The Additional 6.25 Percent Notes have terms identical to the Initial 6.25 Percent Notes, other than issue date and offering price, and have the same CUSIP number as the Initial 6.25 Percent Notes. Upon completion of the offering, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding 6.25 Percent Notes was $450 million.
The 6.25 Percent Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.25 percent per annum. The company pays interest on the 6.25 Percent Notes semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The 6.25 Percent Notes constitute senior unsecured obligations of the company and rank equally in right of payment with existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and effectively junior to existing and future secured indebtedness. The 6.25 Percent Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the company's subsidiaries from time to time guaranteeing its senior secured credit facility. The guarantees rank equally with existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the guarantors and will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future secured indebtedness of the guarantors, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
Prior to February 15, 2019, the company may redeem, at its option, from time to time, the 6.25 Percent Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the 6.25 Percent Notes to be redeemed, plus an applicable make-whole premium (as defined in the indenture under which the 6.25 Percent Notes were issued) and any accrued and unpaid interest. On or after February 15, 2019, the company may redeem, at its option, from time to time, the 6.25 Percent Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the 6.25 Percent Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:
Year
     
Redemption Price
2019
 
103.125%
2020
 
102.083%
2021
 
101.042%
2022 and thereafter
 
100.000%
If a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture under which the 6.25 Percent Notes were issued) occurs, unless the company has exercised its right to redeem the 6.25 Percent Notes, each holder of 6.25 Percent Notes may require the company to repurchase some or all of such holder's 6.25 Percent Notes at a purchase price equal to 101 percent of the principal amount of the 6.25 Percent Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
6.75 Percent Notes
On May 31, 2013, the company completed an offering of debt securities consisting of the issuance of $275 million principal amount of the 6.75 Percent Notes. The offering and sale were made pursuant to the company's February 2012 shelf registration statement. The 6.75 Percent Notes were issued under the company's indenture dated as of April 1, 1998, as supplemented. The 6.75 Percent Notes were issued at 100 percent of their principal amount. The proceeds from the sale of the 6.75 Percent Notes were $275 million and were primarily used to complete a cash tender offer for $167 million of the 8.125 percent notes due 2015.
The 6.75 Percent Notes bore interest at a fixed rate of 6.75 percent per annum. The company paid interest on the 6.75 Percent Notes semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 6.75 Percent Notes constituted senior unsecured obligations of the company and ranked equally in right of payment with existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and effectively junior to existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the security therefor. The 6.75 Percent Notes were guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the company's subsidiaries from time to time guaranteeing its senior secured credit facility. The guarantees ranked equally with existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the guarantors and were

92



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future secured indebtedness of the guarantors, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
Prior to June 15, 2016, the company could redeem, at its option, from time to time, the 6.75 Percent Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the 6.75 Percent Notes to be redeemed plus an applicable make-whole premium (as defined in the indenture under which the 6.75 Percent Notes were issued) and any accrued and unpaid interest. On or after June 15, 2016, the company could redeem, at its option, from time to time, the 6.75 Percent Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the 6.75 Percent Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, had they been redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:
Year
     
Redemption Price
2016
 
105.063%
2017
 
103.375%
2018
 
101.688%
2019 and thereafter
 
100.000%
Prior to June 15, 2016, the company could also redeem, at its option, from time to time, up to 35 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the 6.75 Percent Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more public sales of the company's common stock at a redemption price equal to 106.75 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, so long as at least 65 percent of the aggregate principal amount of 6.75 Percent Notes originally issued remained outstanding after each such redemption and notice of any such redemption was mailed within 90 days after any such sale of common stock.
If a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture under which the 6.75 Percent Notes were issued) occurred, unless the company had exercised its right to redeem the 6.75 Percent Notes, each holder of 6.75 Percent Notes could have required the company to repurchase some or all of such holder's 6.75 Percent Notes at a purchase price equal to 101 percent of the principal amount of the 6.75 Percent Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
As of September 30, 2018, the 6.75 Percent Notes were fully redeemed. As of September 30, 2017, $173 million principal amount of the 6.75 Percent Notes remained outstanding.
7.875 Percent Convertible Notes
In December 2012, the company issued $250 million principal amount of 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes. The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes were sold by the company to qualified institutional buyers in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes have an initial principal amount of $900 per note and will accrete to $1,000 per note on December 1, 2020 at an effective interest rate of 10.9 percent. Net proceeds received by the company, after issuance costs and discounts, were approximately $220 million.
The company pays 7.875 percent cash interest on the principal amount of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year to holders of record at the close of business on the preceding May 15 and November 15, respectively, and at maturity to the holders that present the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes for payment. Interest accrues on the principal amount thereof from and including the date the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes were issued or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, to, but excluding, the next interest payment date.
The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by certain of the company's subsidiaries. The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of the company's existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and are junior to any of the company's existing and future secured indebtedness.
The 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes will be convertible into cash up to the principal amount at maturity of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Note surrendered for conversion and, if applicable, shares of the company's common stock (subject to a conversion share cap as described below), based on an initial conversion rate, subject to adjustment, equivalent to 83.3333 shares per $1,000 principal amount at maturity of 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes (which represents an initial conversion price of $12.00 per share), only under the following circumstances:
prior to June 1, 2025, during any calendar quarter after the calendar quarter ending December 31, 2012, if the closing sale price of the company's common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending

93



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds 120 percent of the applicable conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter;
prior to June 1, 2025, during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount at maturity of 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes was equal to or less than 97 percent of the conversion value of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes on each trading day during such five consecutive trading day period;
prior to June 1, 2025, if the company has called the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes for redemption;
prior to June 1, 2025, upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions; or
at any time on or after June 1, 2025.
On or after December 1, 2020, the company may redeem the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price in cash equal to 100 percent of the principal amount at maturity of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. Further, holders may require the company to purchase all or a portion of their 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100 percent of the principal amount at maturity of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, on December 1, 2020 or upon certain fundamental changes. The maximum number of shares of common stock into which the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes are convertible is approximately 2 million shares.
The company used the net proceeds of approximately $220 million from the offering of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes (after discounts and issuance costs) and additional cash to acquire a portion of its outstanding 4.625 Percent Convertible Notes in transactions that settled concurrently with the closing of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Note offering. Approximately $245 million of $300 million principal amount of the 4.625 Percent Convertible Notes were repurchased for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $236 million (including accrued interest).
Accounting guidance requires that cash-settled convertible debt, such as the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes, be separated into debt and equity components at issuance and a value be assigned to each. The value assigned to the debt component is the estimated fair value, as of the issuance date, of a similar bond without the conversion feature. The difference between the bond cash proceeds and this estimated fair value, representing the value assigned to the equity component, is recorded as a debt discount. The company measures the debt component at fair value by utilizing a discounted cash flow model. This model utilizes observable inputs such as contractual repayment terms, benchmark forward yield curves, yield curves and quoted market prices of its own nonconvertible debt. The yield curves are acquired from an independent source that is widely used in the financial industry and reviewed internally by personnel with appropriate expertise in valuation methodologies.
Approximately $23 million principal amount of the 7.875 Percent Convertible Notes remained outstanding as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.
4.0 Percent Convertible Notes
In February 2007, the company issued $200 million principal amount of 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes. The 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 4.0 percent per annum from the date of issuance through February 15, 2019, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. After February 15, 2019, the principal amount of the notes will be subject to accretion at a rate that provides holders with an aggregate annual yield to maturity of 4.0 percent.
The 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes are convertible into shares of the company’s common stock at an initial conversion rate, subject to adjustment, equivalent to 37.4111 shares of common stock per $1,000 initial principal amount of notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $26.73 per share. If converted, the accreted principal amount will be settled in cash and the remainder of the company’s conversion obligation, if any, in excess of such accreted principal amount will be settled in cash, shares of common stock, or a combination thereof, at the company’s election. Holders may convert their 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes at any time on or after February 15, 2025. The maximum number of shares of common stock into which the 4.0 Percent Convertible notes are convertible is approximately 1 million shares.
Prior to February 15, 2025, holders may convert their notes only under the following circumstances:
during any calendar quarter, if the closing sale price of the company’s common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds 120 percent of the applicable conversion price;

94



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the average trading price per $1,000 initial principal amount of notes is equal to or less than 97 percent of the average conversion value of the notes during such five consecutive trading day period;
upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions; or
if the notes are called by the company for redemption.
On or after February 15, 2019, the company may redeem the 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes, in whole or in part, for cash at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the accreted principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. On each of February 15, 2019 and 2022, or upon certain fundamental changes, holders may require the company to purchase all or a portion of their 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100 percent of the accreted principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
The 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the company that currently guarantee the company’s obligations under its senior secured credit facility and other publicly held notes (see Revolving Credit Facility above).
Accounting guidance requires that cash-settled convertible debt, such as the 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes, be separated into debt and equity components at issuance and a value be assigned to each. The value assigned to the debt component is the estimated fair value, as of the issuance date, of a similar bond without the conversion feature. The difference between the bond cash proceeds and this estimated fair value, representing the value assigned to the equity component, is recorded as a debt discount. The company measures the debt component at fair value by utilizing a discounted cash flow model. This model utilizes observable inputs such as contractual repayment terms, benchmark forward yield curves, yield curves and quoted market prices of its own nonconvertible debt. The yield curves are acquired from an independent source that is widely used in the financial industry and reviewed internally by personnel with appropriate expertise in valuation methodologies.
Approximately $24 million principal amount of the 4.0 Percent Convertible Notes remained outstanding as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017.
The following table summarizes the principal amounts and related unamortized discount on all convertible notes (in millions):
 
September 30,
2018
 
September 30,
2017
Principal amount of convertible notes
$
372

 
$
372

Unamortized discount on convertible notes
(45
)
 
(51
)
Net carrying value
$
327

 
$
321

The following table summarizes other information related to the convertible notes:
 
Convertible Notes
 
 
4.0%
 
7.875%
 
3.25%
Total amortization period for debt discount (in years):
 
12

 
8

 
8

Remaining amortization period for debt discount (in years):
 
1

 
2

 
7

Effective interest rates on convertible notes:
 
7.9
%
 
10.9
%
 
5.6
%
The following table summarizes interest costs recognized on convertible notes (in millions):
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Contractual interest coupon
$
17

 
$
17

 
$
18

Amortization of debt discount
2

 
8

 
8

Repurchase of convertible notes

 
31

 

Total
$
19

 
$
56

 
$
26


95



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Debt Maturities
As of September 30, 2018, the company is contractually obligated to make payments as follows (in millions):
 
Total
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023
 
Thereafter (2)
Total debt (1)
$
875

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
48

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
823

(1)
Total debt excludes unamortized discount on convertible notes of $37 million, unamortized issuance costs of $13 million, and original issuance discount of $1 million.
(2)
Includes the company's 6.25 percent notes, which contains a call feature that allows for early redemption and includes the company's 3.25 percent, 4.0 percent and 7.875 percent convertible notes, which contain a put and call feature that allows for earlier redemption beginning in 2025, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
Capital Leases
In March 2012, the company entered into a master lease agreement with Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, under which the company can enter into lease arrangements for equipment. Each lease term is for 60 months and the lease interest rate is equal to the 5-year Swap Rate published by the Federal Reserve Board plus 564 basis points. The company had $1 million and $3 million outstanding under this capital lease arrangement as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, the company had another $6 million and $10 million outstanding through other capital lease arrangements as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
As of September 30, 2018, the future minimum lease payments for noncancelable capital leases with initial terms in excess of one year were as follows:
 
Total
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023
 
Thereafter 
Capital lease obligation
$
9

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$

Less amounts representing interest
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

 

 

 

Principal on capital lease
$
7

 
$
1

 
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$

Letter of Credit Facilities
On February 21, 2014, the company entered into an arrangement to amend and restate the letter of credit facility with Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and issuing bank, and the other lenders party thereto. Under the terms of this amended credit agreement, which expires in March 2019, the company has the right to obtain the issuance, renewal, extension and increase of letters of credit up to an aggregate availability of $25 million. This facility contains covenants and events of default generally similar to those existing in the company’s public debt indentures. There were $1 million and $18 million of letters of credit outstanding under this facility at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The company had another $19 million and $5 million of letters of credit outstanding through other letter of credit facilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Export Financing Arrangements
The company entered into a number of export financing arrangements through its Brazilian subsidiary during fiscal year 2014. The export financing arrangements were issued under an incentive program of the Brazilian government to fund working capital for Brazilian companies in exportation programs. The arrangements bore interest at 5.5 percent and had maturity dates in 2017. These financing arrangements were paid off at maturity, as of March 31, 2017.
Other
One of the company's consolidated joint ventures in China participates in a bills of exchange program to settle its obligations with its trade suppliers. These programs are common in China and generally require the participation of local banks. Under these programs, the company's joint venture issues notes payable through the participating banks to its trade suppliers. If the issued notes payable remain unpaid on their respective due dates, this could constitute an event of default under the company’s revolving credit facility if the unpaid amount exceeds $35 million per bank. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the company had $22 million and $24 million, respectively, outstanding under this program at more than one bank.
Operating Leases
The company has various operating leasing arrangements. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are $17 million in 2019, $14 million in 2020, $13 million in 2021, $13 million in 2022, $13 million in 2023 and $25 million thereafter.

96



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt, long-term debt, and foreign exchange forward and options contracts. The company uses derivatives for hedging and non-trading purposes in order to manage its foreign exchange rate exposures.
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
As a result of the company’s substantial international operations, it is exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations, including in connection with transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, the company translates sales and financial results denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars for purposes of its consolidated financial statements. As a result, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies generally will have a negative impact on reported revenues and operating income, while depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and operating income. For fiscal year 2016, our reported financial results were adversely affected by appreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. For fiscal years 2017 and 2018, our reported financial results benefited from depreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies.
 
The company has a foreign currency cash flow hedging program to reduce the company’s exposure to changes in exchange rates on foreign currency purchases and sales. The company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage the company’s exposures arising from foreign currency exchange risk. Gains and losses on the underlying foreign currency exposures are partially offset with gains and losses on the foreign currency forward contracts. Under this foreign currency cash flow hedging program, the company has designated the foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges of underlying forecasted foreign currency purchases and sales. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCL) in the consolidated balance sheet and are recognized in operating income when the underlying forecasted transaction impacts earnings. The terms of these contracts generally require the company to place cash on deposit as collateral if the fair value of these contracts represents a liability for the company and exceeds the collateral threshold. The fair values of the foreign exchange derivative instruments and any related collateral cash deposits are presented on a net basis as the derivative contracts are subject to master netting arrangements.
 
At September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the notional amount of the company's foreign exchange contracts outstanding under its foreign currency cash flow hedging program was $154 million, $126 million, and $190 million, respectively. The company classifies the cash flows associated with these contracts in cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. This is consistent with the classification of the cash flows associated with the underlying hedged item.

From time to time the company hedges against foreign currency exposure related to translations to U.S. dollars of financial results denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statement of operations. The company also uses option contracts to mitigate foreign currency exposure on expected future Indian Rupee-denominated purchases. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations.

The following table summarizes the impact of the company’s derivatives instruments on comprehensive income for fiscal years ended September 30 (in millions): 

 
Location of
Gain (Loss)
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in AOCL
AOCL
 
$
3

 
$
(1
)
 
$
(3
)
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCL
into income
Cost of Sales
 
(1
)
 
1

 
(4
)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in income
Cost of Sales
 
(2
)
 
1

 
(1
)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in income
Other Income (expense)
 
2

 

 
(1
)

97



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



Fair Value
 
Fair values of financial instruments are summarized as follows (in millions): 
 
September 30,
2018
 
September 30,
2017
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair
Value
 
Carrying
Value
 
Fair
Value
Cash and cash equivalents
$
115

 
$
115

 
$
88

 
$
88

Short-term debt
94

 
116

 
288

 
329

Long-term debt
730

 
776

 
750

 
859

Foreign exchange forward contracts (other assets)
2

 
2

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts (other liabilities)

 

 
3

 
3

Foreign currency option contracts (other assets)

 

 
3

 
3

Cross-currency Swap (other assets)
6

 
6

 

 


The following table reflects the offsetting of derivative assets and liabilities (in millions):

 
September 30, 2018
 
September 30, 2017
 
Gross
Amounts Recognized
 
Gross Amounts
Offset
 
Net Amounts
Reported
 
Gross
Amounts Recognized
 
Gross Amounts
Offset
 
Net Amounts
Reported
Derivative Asset
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contract
2

 

 
2

 

 

 

Cross-currency swap
6

 

 
6

 

 

 

Derivative Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange forward contract

 

 

 
3

 

 
3

Fair Value
The current FASB guidance provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level 1 inputs use quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.
 
Level 2 inputs use other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. These Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets and other inputs such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, including inputs that are available in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the related instrument.
In instances where inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels in the above fair value hierarchy, fair value measurements in their entirety are categorized based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the valuation. The company's assessment of the significance of particular inputs to these fair value measurements requires judgment and considers factors specific to each asset or liability.

98



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Fair value of financial instruments by the valuation hierarchy at September 30, 2018 is as follows (in millions):
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents
$
115

 
$

 
$

Short-term debt

 
114

 
2

Long-term debt

 
771

 
5

Foreign exchange forward contracts (asset)

 
2

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts (liability)

 

 

Foreign currency option contracts (other assets)

 

 

Cross-currency Swap (other assets)

 
6

 


Fair value of financial instruments by the valuation hierarchy at September 30, 2017 is as follows (in millions):
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents
$
88

 
$

 
$

Short-term debt

 
325

 
4

Long-term debt

 
851

 
8

Foreign exchange forward contracts (asset)

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts (liability)

 
3

 

Foreign currency option contracts (other assets)

 

 
3

Cross-currency Swap (other assets)

 

 


The tables below provide a reconciliation of changes in fair value of the Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet for the twelve months ended September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. No transfers of assets between any of the Levels occurred during these periods.

Twelve months ended September 30, 2018 (in millions)
 
Short-term foreign currency option contracts (asset)
 
Long-term foreign currency option contracts (asset)
 
Total
Fair Value as of September 30, 2017
 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
3

Total unrealized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in other income
 

 

 

Included in cost of sales
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Total realized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in other income
 
1

 

 
1

Included in cost of sales
 

 

 

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases
 

 

 

Settlements
 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Transfer in and / or out of Level 3 (1)
 

 

 

Reclass between short-term and long-term
 

 

 

Fair Value as of September 30, 2018
 
$

 
$

 
$

(1) Transfers as of the last day of the reporting period

99



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Twelve months ended September 30, 2017 (in millions)
 
Short-term foreign currency option contracts (asset)
 
Long-term foreign currency option contracts (asset)
 
Total
Fair Value as of September 30, 2016
 
$

 
$
2

 
$
2

Total unrealized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in other income
 

 

 

Included in cost of sales
 

 
2

 
2

Total realized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in other income
 

 

 

Included in cost of sales
 

 

 

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases
 
1

 
1

 
2

Settlements
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(3
)
Transfer in and / or out of Level 3 (1)
 

 

 

Reclass between short-term and long-term
 
3

 
(3
)
 

Fair Value as of September 30, 2017
 
$
2

 
$
1

 
$
3

(1) Transfers as of the last day of the reporting period
Cash and cash equivalents — All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. The carrying value approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The company did not have any cash equivalents at September 30, 2018 or September 30, 2017.
     Short- and long-term debt — Fair values are based on transaction prices at public exchange for publicly traded debt. For debt instruments that are not publicly traded, fair values are based on interest rates that would be currently available to the company for issuance of similar types of debt instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.
Foreign exchange forward contracts — The company uses foreign exchange forward purchase and sale contracts with terms of 15 months or less to hedge its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts is based on a model which incorporates observable inputs including quoted spot rates, forward exchange rates and discounted future expected cash flows utilizing market interest rates with similar quality and maturity characteristics. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the contracts are recorded in AOCL in the statement of shareholders’ equity and is recognized in operating income when the underlying forecasted transaction impacts earnings.
Foreign currency option contracts — The company uses option contracts to mitigate foreign exchange exposure on expected future Indian Rupee-denominated purchases. As of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the notional amount of the company's Indian rupee foreign exchange contracts outstanding was $180 million and $172 million, respectively. The company did not elect hedge accounting for these derivatives. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations.
The company uses option contracts to mitigate foreign exchange exposure on expected future South Korean won-denominated purchases. As of September 30, 2018 , the notional amount of the company’s South Korean won option contracts outstanding was $41 million. As of September 30, 2017, there were no South Korean won foreign exchange option contracts outstanding. The company did not elect hedge accounting for these derivatives. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations.
The company uses foreign currency option contracts to mitigate foreign currency exposure on expected future Brazilian real-denominated purchases. As of September 30, 2018, the notional amount of the company's Brazilian real foreign exchange contracts outstanding was $16 million. As of September 30, 2017, there were no Brazilian real foreign exchange option contracts outstanding. The company did not elect hedge accounting for these derivatives. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations.
The company uses option contracts to mitigate the risk of volatility in the translation of euro earnings to U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2018, there were no euro foreign exchange option contracts outstanding. As of September 30, 2017, the notional

100



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


amount of the company’s euro option contracts outstanding was $58 million. These option contracts did not qualify for a hedge accounting election. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in other income, net.
The company uses option contracts to mitigate the risk of volatility in the translation of Swedish krona to U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2018, there were no Swedish krona foreign exchange option contracts outstanding. As of September 30, 2017, the notional amount of the company’s Swedish krona option contracts outstanding was $71 million. These option contracts did not qualify for a hedge accounting election. Changes in fair value associated with these contracts are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in other income, net.
The fair value of foreign exchange option contracts is based on third-party proprietary models, which incorporate inputs at varying unobservable weights of quoted spot rates, market volatility, forward rates and time utilizing market instruments with similar quality and maturity characteristics.
Cross-currency swap contracts — The company uses cross-currency swap contracts to hedge a portion of its net investment in a foreign subsidiary against volatility in foreign exchange rates. These derivative instruments are designated and qualify as hedges of net investments in foreign operations using the spot method to assess effectiveness. Settlements and changes in fair values of the instruments are recognized in foreign currency translation adjustments, a component of other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), to offset the changes in the values of the net investments being hedged.
In the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company entered into multiple cross-currency swaps with a combined notional amount of $225 million. As of September 30, 2018, the notional amount of the company's cross-currency swap contracts outstanding was $225 million. These swaps hedged a portion of the net investment in a certain European subsidiary against volatility in the EUR/USD foreign exchange rate. They mature in May 2021.
The fair value of cross-currency swap contracts is based on a model which incorporates observable inputs, including quoted spot rates, forward exchange rates and discounted future expected cash flows, utilizing market interest rates with similar quality and maturity characteristics.


19. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Common Stock
The company is authorized to issue 500 million shares of common stock, with a par value of $1 per share, and 30 million shares of Preferred Stock, without par value, of which 2 million shares are designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock ("Junior Preferred Stock"). No shares of Preferred Stock or Junior Preferred Stock have been issued.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC, registering an indeterminate amount of debt and/or equity securities that may be offered in one or more offerings on terms to be determined at the time of sale. 

The company has reserved approximately 13 million shares of common stock in connection with its 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended ("LTIP") for grants of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares, restricted share units and stock awards to key employees and directors. At September 30, 2018, there were 4.3 million shares available for future grants under the LTIP.

Repurchase Authorizations

On November 2, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $200 million of the company's common stock and up to $100 million aggregate principal amount of any of the company's debt securities (including convertible debt securities), in each case from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the company's debt covenants. These authorizations supersede the remaining authority under the prior July 2016 repurchase authorizations.

On July 21, 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of the company’s common stock and up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of any of the company’s debt securities (including convertible debt securities),

101



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


in each case from time to time through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, until September 30, 2019, subject to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the company's debt covenants. This repurchase authorization superseded and replaced the January 2015 repurchase authorization described below.

During fiscal year 2018, the company repurchased 4.5 million shares of common stock for $100 million (including commission costs), pursuant to this authorization. The repurchase program under the $100 million equity repurchase authorization was complete as of September 30, 2018. The amount remaining available for repurchases under the debt repurchase authorization was $50 million as of September 30, 2018. There was an insignificant amount of common stock and $100 million in debt security repurchases that were made under these authorizations during fiscal year 2017.
In June 2014, the company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $210 million of the company's equity and equity-linked securities (including convertible debt securities), subject to the achievement of its M2016 net debt reduction target and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its debt covenants. During fiscal year 2016, the company repurchased 8.7 million shares of common stock for $81 million (including commission costs) and all $55 million outstanding principal amount 4.625% convertible notes at 100 percent of the face value of the notes. In the aggregate, the company repurchased 12.8 million of its shares of common stock for $136 million (including commission costs), $19 million principal amount of its 4.0 percent convertible notes, and all of the $55 million outstanding principal amount 4.625% convertible notes at 100 percent of the face value of the notes (see Note 17). The repurchase program under the $210 million authorization was complete as of September 30, 2016.
In January 2015, the Offering Committee of the company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of any of the company's debt securities (including convertible debt securities). No repurchases were made under this authorization prior to its replacement with the authorization in July 2016 described above.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (AOCL)
The components of AOCL as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and Statement of Equity (Deficit), and the changes in AOCL by components, net of tax, are as follows (in millions):
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Employee Benefit Related Adjustments
 
Unrealized Income (Loss)
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2017
$
(41
)
 
$
(500
)
 
$
(4
)
 
$
(545
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
(49
)
 
8

 
3

 
(38
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 
16

 
1

 
17

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(49
)
 
$
24

 
$
4

 
$
(21
)
Balance at September 30, 2018
$
(90
)
 
$
(476
)
 
$

 
$
(566
)
 
 
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Components
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Employee Benefit Related Adjustment
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service credits
 
$
(35
)
 
(a) 
 
Amortization of actuarial losses
 
46

 
(a) 
 
Recognized prior service costs and actuarial losses due to settlement
 
6

 
(a) 
 
 
 
17

 
Total before tax
 
 
 
(1
)
 
Tax (benefit) expense
 
 
 
$
16

 
Net of tax
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
16

 
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)  These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and retiree medical expense (see Note 21 and 22 for additional details), which is recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses.
 

102



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Employee Benefit Related Adjustments
 
Unrealized Loss
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2016
$
(66
)
 
$
(740
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(809
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
25

 
200

 
(1
)
 
224

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 
40

 

 
40

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
$
25

 
$
240

 
$
(1
)
 
$
264

Balance at September 30, 2017
$
(41
)
 
$
(500
)
 
$
(4
)
 
$
(545
)

 
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Components
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Employee Benefit Related Adjustment
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service costs
 
$
(5
)
 
(a) 
 
Amortization of actuarial losses
 
45

 
(a) 
 
 
 
40

 
Total before tax
 
 
 
(12
)
 
Tax (benefit) expense
 
 
 
$
28

 
Net of tax
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
28

 
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and retiree medical expense (see Note 21 and 22 for additional details), which is recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses.
 

 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Employee Benefit Related Adjustments
 
Unrealized Loss
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2015
$
(54
)
 
$
(705
)
 
$
(7
)
 
$
(766
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
(12
)
 
(70
)
 
4

 
(78
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 
35

 

 
35

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(12
)
 
$
(35
)
 
$
4

 
$
(43
)
Balance at September 30, 2016
$
(66
)
 
$
(740
)
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(809
)


103



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Components
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Employee Benefit Related Adjustment
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service costs
 
$
(1
)
 
(a) 
 
Amortization of actuarial losses
 
36

 
(a) 
 
 
 
35

 
Total before tax
 
 
 

 
Tax (benefit) expense
 
 
 
$
35

 
Net of tax
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
35

 
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and retiree medical expense (see Note 21 and 22 for additional details), which is recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses.
 

20. EQUITY BASED COMPENSATION
 
Stock Options
Under the company’s incentive plans, stock options are typically granted at prices equal to the fair value on the grant date and have a maximum term of 10 years. Stock options generally vest over a three-year period from the grant date. There were 0.2 million stock options that were exercised in fiscal year 2017. No stock options were granted or exercised during fiscal years 2018 or 2016. No stock options were granted in fiscal year 2017. There were no stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2018.
 
Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is generally recognized as expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. No compensation cost is ultimately recognized for awards for which employees do not render the requisite service and are forfeited.
Compensation expense is recognized for the non-vested portion of previously issued stock options. No compensation expense associated with the expensing of stock options was recognized in fiscal years 2018, 2017 or 2016.
 
Restricted Stock and Restricted Share Units
The company has granted shares of restricted stock and restricted share units to certain employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors in accordance with the existing plans. The company measures the grant date fair value of these stock-based awards at the market price of the company’s common stock as of the date of the grant. Employee awards typically vest at the end of three years and are subject to continued employment by the employee. Compensation cost associated with stock-based awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period. Cash dividends on the restricted stock, if any, are reinvested in additional shares of common stock during the vesting period.


104



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following is a rollforward of the company’s non-vested restricted stock and restricted share units as of September 30, 2018, and the activity during fiscal year 2018 is summarized as follows (shares in thousands):
Non-vested Shares
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value
Non-vested - beginning of year
1,514

 
$
12.10

Granted
355

 
24.93

Vested
(361
)
 
13.91

Forfeited
(44
)
 
17.98

Non-vested - end of year
1,464

 
14.59


In fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the company granted 0.4 million, 0.6 million, and 0.7 million shares of restricted stock and restricted share units, respectively. The grant date weighted average fair value of these restricted share units was $24.93, $13.29 and $9.72 for shares of restricted stock and restricted share units granted in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The number of non-vested restricted shares and restricted share units as of September 30, 2018 was 1.5 million. The per share weighted average fair value of these non-vested shares was $14.59.

As of September 30, 2018, there was $8 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested restricted shares and restricted share units. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.02 years. Total compensation expense recognized for restricted stock and restricted share units was $8 million, $7 million and $5 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Performance Share Units
The company has granted performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the LTIP. The company measures the grant date fair value of these units-based awards at the market price of the company’s common stock as of the date of the grant. Compensation cost associated with these stock-based awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period.

In November 2017, the Board of Directors approved a grant of performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the LTIP. Each performance share unit represents the right to receive one share of common stock or its cash equivalent upon achievement of certain performance and time vesting criteria. The fair value of each performance share unit was $24.79, which was the company’s share price on the grant date of December 1, 2017. The Board of Directors also approved a grant of 0.3 million restricted share units to these executives. The restricted share units vest at the earlier of three years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment with the company under certain circumstances. The fair value of each restricted share unit was $24.79, which was the company's share price on the grant date of December 1, 2017.
The actual number of performance share units that will vest depends upon the company’s performance relative to the established performance metrics for the three-year performance period of October 1, 2017 to September 30, 2020, measured at the end of the performance period. The actual number of performance share units that will vest will depend on adjusted EBITDA margin and adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations at the following weights: 50% associated with achieving an adjusted EBITDA margin target and 50% associated with achieving an adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations target. The number of performance share units that vest will be between 0% and 200% of the grant date amount of 0.3 million performance share units.
In November 2016, the Board of Directors approved a grant of performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the LTIP. Each performance share unit represents the right to receive one share of common stock or its cash equivalent upon achievement of certain performance and time vesting criteria. The fair value of each performance share unit was $12.77, which was the company’s share price on the grant date of December 1, 2016. The Board of Directors also approved a grant of 0.5 million restricted share units to these executives. The restricted share units vest at the earlier of three years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment with the company under certain circumstances. The fair value of each restricted share unit was $12.77, which was the company's share price on the grant date of December 1, 2016.
The actual number of performance share units that will vest depends upon the company’s performance relative to the established M2019 goals for the three-year performance period of October 1, 2016 to September 30, 2019, measured at the end of the performance period. The number of performance share units that vest will depend on meeting the established M2019 goals at the

105



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


following weights: 50% associated with achieving an Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations target, 25% associated with achieving targets for revenue growth above market and 25% associated with achieving a Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA target. The number of performance share units that vest will be between 0% and 200% of the grant date amount of 0.6 million performance share units.

In November 2015, the Board of Directors approved a grant of performance share units to all executives eligible to participate in the LTIP. Each performance share unit represents the right to receive one share of common stock or its cash equivalent upon achievement of certain performance and time vesting criteria. The fair value of each performance share unit was $10.51, which was the company’s share price on the grant date of December 1, 2015. The Board of Directors also approved a grant of 0.5 million restricted share units to these executives. The restricted share units vest at the earlier of three years from the date of grant or upon termination of employment with the company under certain circumstances. The fair value of each restricted share unit was $10.51, which was the company's share price on the grant date of December 1, 2015.
The actual number of performance share units that will vest depends upon the company’s performance relative to the established performance metrics for the three-year performance period of October 1, 2015 to September 30, 2018, measured at the end of the performance period. The number of performance share units will depend on Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations at the following weights: 50% associated with achieving an Adjusted EBITDA margin target and 50% associated with achieving an Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations target. The number of performance share units that vest will be between 0% and 200% of the grant date amount of 0.7 million performance share units.
The following is a rollforward of the company’s non-vested performance share units as of September 30, 2018, and the activity during fiscal year 2018 is summarized as follows (shares in thousands):
Non-vested Shares
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value
Non-vested - beginning of year
1,813

 
$
11.93

Granted
362

 
24.69

Vested
(411
)
 
13.11

Forfeited
(152
)
 
15.26

Non-vested - end of year
1,612

 
14.18

There were 0.4 million performance share units granted during fiscal 2018 and 1.6 million of non-vested performance shares as of September 30, 2018. The per share weighted average fair value of the performance share units was $14.18 as of September 30, 2018.
For the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, compensation cost recognized related to the performance share units was $14 million, $14 million and $6 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2018, there were $12 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested performance share unit equity compensation arrangements. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.05 years.

21. RETIREMENT MEDICAL PLANS
 
The company has retirement medical plans that cover certain of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees, including certain employees of divested businesses, and provide for medical payments to eligible employees and dependents upon retirement. These plans are unfunded.

On September 8, 2017, the company determined to modify the benefits provided to certain former union employee retirees. Under these modifications, which may be amended at the company’s discretion at any time, the company expects to provide (i) each retiree over the age of 65 with a defined contribution of $4,000 annually and (ii) each retiree under the age of 65 with a level of benefits generally equivalent to those currently provided to the company’s active employees, in each case and as currently contemplated, for a period of seven years. These benefit modifications generated a $315 million prior service credit in September 2017, which will be amortized over the retirees’ average life expectancy, which is currently estimated to be 10 years.


106



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The mortality assumptions for participants in the company’s U.S. plans incorporates future mortality improvements from tables published by the Society of Actuaries ("SOA"). In October 2014, the SOA issued new mortality and mortality improvement tables that raised the life expectancies. The company reviewed the new SOA mortality and mortality improvement tables and utilized an actuary to conduct a study based on the company’s plan participants. The company determined that the best representation of the plans' mortality is to utilize the new SOA mortality and mortality improvement tables as the reference table for credibility-weighted mortality rates, blended with company-specific mortality based on the study conducted by the actuary. The company incorporated the updated tables into the 2015 year-end measurement of the plans’ benefit obligations. As a result of this change in actuarial assumption, the company’s U.S. OPEB obligations decreased by $18 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. The company considers improvement scales released annually by the SOA. In fiscal year 2018, the company adopted a modified MP-2017 scale. Adopting the modified MP-2017 scale did not have a material effect on the company's U.S. OPEB obligations.

The company’s retiree medical obligations were measured as of September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016. The following are the assumptions used in the measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO") and retiree medical expense:
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Discount rate
4.05
%
 
3.32
%
 
3.45
%
Health care cost trend rate
6.18
%
 
6.52
%
 
7.10
%
Ultimate health care trend rate
4.63
%
 
4.65
%
 
4.75
%
Year ultimate rate is reached
2024

 
2024

 
2024


The assumptions noted above are used to calculate the APBO for each fiscal year end and retiree medical expense for the subsequent fiscal year.
 
The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of the APBO. This rate is determined based on high-quality fixed income investments that match the duration of expected retiree medical benefits. The company has used the corporate AA/Aa bond rate for this assumption. The health care cost trend rate represents the company’s expected annual rates of change in the cost of health care benefits. The company’s projection for fiscal year 2019 health care cost trend rate is 6.18 percent.
 
The APBO as of the September 30, 2018 and 2017 measurement dates are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
Retirees
$
86

 
$
104

Employees eligible to retire

 

     Total
$
86

 
$
104


107



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following reconciles the change in APBO and the amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet for years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
APBO — beginning of year
$
104

 
$
445

Interest cost
3

 
14

Actuarial loss gain
(5
)
 
(8
)
Plan amendment

 
(315
)
Foreign currency rate changes
(1
)
 

Benefit payments (1)
(15
)
 
(32
)
APBO — end of year
86

 
104

Retiree medical liability
$
86

 
$
104

(1) 
Net of subsidies and rebates available under Employer Group Waiver Plan ("EGWP").

Actuarial losses(gains) relate to changes in the discount rate and other actuarial assumptions. In accordance with ASC Topic 715, "Compensation – Retirement Benefits", a portion of the actuarial losses is not subject to amortization. The actuarial losses that are subject to amortization are generally amortized over the average lifetime of inactive participants of approximately 10 years.
 
The Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 provides for a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit established by the law. The company provides retiree medical benefits under certain plans that exceed the value of the benefits that are provided by the Medicare Part D plan. Therefore, management concluded that these plans are at least actuarially equivalent to the Medicare Part D plan and the company is eligible for the federal subsidy. In September 2011, in connection with the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, the company converted its current prescription drug program for certain retirees to a group-based, company-sponsored Medicare Part D program, or EGWP. In September 2012, the company converted certain additional groups of retirees to EGWP and as a result, reduced its APBO by an additional amount of approximately $25 million. In 2013, the company began using the Part D subsidies delivered through EGWP to reduce its net retiree medical costs. As a result of this change in assumption, the company reduced its APBO by approximately $35 million. These reductions to APBO are being amortized over an average expected lifetime of inactive participants of approximately 10 years.
 
The retiree medical liability is included in the consolidated balance sheet as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Current — included in compensation and benefits
$
13

 
$
18

Long-term — included in retirement benefits
73

 
86

Retiree medical liability
$
86

 
$
104

The following table summarizes the amounts included in AOCL net of tax related to retiree medical liabilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 and changes recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) net of tax for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.
 

108



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Net Actuarial
Loss
 
Prior
Service
Cost
(Benefit)
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2017
$
92

 
$
(203
)
 
$
(111
)
Net actuarial gain for the year
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
Amortization for the year
(17
)
 
35

 
18

       Deferred tax impact
6

 
(10
)
 
(4
)
Balance at September 30, 2018
$
76

 
$
(178
)
 
$
(102
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2016
$
107

 
$
(11
)
 
$
96

Net actuarial gain for the year
(8
)
 

 
(8
)
Recognized prior service costs due to plan amendment

 
(315
)
 
(315
)
Amortization for the year
(15
)
 
5

 
(10
)
Deferred tax impact
8

 
118

 
126

Balance at September 30, 2017
$
92

 
$
(203
)
 
$
(111
)
The net actuarial loss and prior service benefit that are estimated to be amortized from AOCL into net periodic retiree medical income in fiscal year 2019 are $(15) million and $35 million, respectively.
 
The components of retiree medical expense for years ended September 30 are as follows (in millions):

 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost
$

 
$

 
$

Interest cost
3

 
14

 
18

Amortization of:
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service benefit
(35
)
 
(5
)
 
(1
)
Actuarial losses
17

 
15

 
13

Retiree medical (income) expense
$
(15
)
 
$
24

 
$
30

 
A one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate for all years to, and including, the ultimate rate would have the following effects (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
Effect on total service and interest cost
 
 
 
1% Increase
$

 
$

1% Decrease

 

Effect on APBO
 
 
 
1% Increase
4

 
5

1% Decrease
(4
)
 
(4
)


109



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


     The company expects future benefit payments as follows (in millions):
 
 
Gross
Benefit
Payments
 
Gross
Receipts (1)
Fiscal 2019
$
14

 
$

Fiscal 2020
13

 

Fiscal 2021
12

 

Fiscal 2022
11

 

Fiscal 2023
10

 

Fiscal 2024 – 2028
21

 
1


(1) 
Consists of subsidies and rebates available under EGWP.

22. RETIREMENT PENSION PLANS
 
The company sponsors defined benefit pension plans that cover certain of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. Pension benefits for salaried employees are based on years of credited service and compensation. Pension benefits for hourly employees are based on years of service and specified benefit amounts. The company’s funding policy provides that annual contributions to the pension trusts will be at least equal to the minimum amounts required by ERISA in the U.S. and the actuarial recommendations or statutory requirements in other countries.
 
The mortality assumptions for participants in the company’s U.S. plans incorporates future mortality improvements from tables published by the SOA. In October 2014, the SOA issued new mortality and mortality improvement tables that raised the life expectancies. The company reviewed the new SOA mortality and mortality improvement tables and utilized an actuary to conduct a study based on the company’s plan participants. The company determined that the best representation of the plans' mortality is to utilize the new SOA mortality and mortality improvement tables as the reference table for credibility-weighted mortality rates, blended with company specific mortality based on the study conducted by the actuary. The company incorporated the updated tables into the 2015 year-end measurement of the plans’ benefit obligations. As a result of this change in actuarial assumption, the company’s U.S. pension obligations increased by $24 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. The company considers improvement scales released annually by the SOA. In fiscal year 2018, the company adopted a modified MP-2017 scale. Adopting the modified MP-2017 scale did not have a material effect on the company's U.S. pension obligations.

On August 1, 2010, the company amended its defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom to cease the accrual of future benefits for all of its active plan participants. Subsequent to the freeze date, the company began making contributions to its defined contribution savings plan on behalf of the affected employees. The amount of the savings plan contribution is based on a percentage of the employees’ pay. These changes did not affect then-current retirees. The company began recording the impact of the plan freeze in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010. Subsequent to the plan freeze, accumulated actuarial losses are being amortized into net periodic pension expense over the average life expectancy of inactive plan participants of approximately 26 years rather than over their remaining average service life.

The U.K. pension program provides participants with the election to receive a lump-sum settlement of their remaining pension benefit that, if accepted, would settle the company's obligation to them. The company recognized a $6 million settlement loss during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 associated with these payouts.

In April 2007, the company announced a freeze of its defined benefit pension plan for salaried and non-represented employees in the United States, effective January 1, 2008. The change affected approximately 3,800 employees including certain employees who continued to accrue benefits for an additional transition period, ending June 30, 2011. After these freeze dates, the company started making additional contributions to its defined contribution savings plan on behalf of the affected employees. The amount of the savings plan contribution is based on a percentage of the employees’ pay, with the contribution percentage increasing as a function of employees’ age. These changes do not affect plan participants who had retired prior to the freeze dates or represented employees. Accumulated actuarial losses are being amortized into net periodic pension expense over the average life expectancy of inactive plan participants of approximately 17 years.


110



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


In June 2013, the company amended its U.S. Retirement Plan to allow all terminated vested participants with an accrued benefit of $5,000 or less to receive a full lump-sum distribution of their benefit. The lump-sum amounts were rolled into individual retirement accounts for those participants that had an accrued benefit of $1,000 to $5,000 who did not make an affirmative election to receive their benefits. For those participants with an accrued benefit of less than $1,000, the benefits were automatically distributed to the participant.

Effective October 2014, the company amended the U.S. Retirement Plan to include an additional distribution option in the form of a lump sum benefit from the plan. The majority of plan members are eligible for this distribution option following termination or when making their retirement payment election. The lump sum benefit equals the present value of a member's vested accrued benefit paid in one lump sum payment.

The company’s pension obligations are measured as of September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The U.S. plans include qualified and non-qualified pension plans. The company’s only significant remaining non-U.S. plan is located in the United Kingdom.

The following are the significant assumptions used in the measurement of the projected benefit obligation ("PBO") and net periodic pension expense:
 
 
U.S. Plans
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Discount rate
4.30%
 
3.70%
 —
3.75%
 
3.50%
 —
3.55%
Assumed return on plan assets (beginning of the year)
7.75%
 
7.75%
 
7.75%

 
U.K. Plan
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Discount rate
2.90%
 
2.80%
 
2.50%
Assumed return on plan assets (beginning of the year)
6.00%
 
6.00%
 
6.00%
 
The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of the PBO at the balance sheet date and net periodic pension expense for the subsequent fiscal year. The rate used reflects a rate of return on high-quality fixed income investments that match the duration of expected benefit payments. Generally, the company uses a portfolio of long-term corporate AA/Aa bonds that match the duration of the expected benefit payments, except for the company's U.K. pension plan which uses an annualized yield curve, to establish the discount rate for this assumption.
 
The assumed return on plan assets is used to determine net periodic pension expense. The rate of return assumptions are based on projected long-term market returns for the various asset classes in which the plans are invested, weighted by the target asset allocations. An incremental amount for active plan asset management and diversification, where appropriate, is included in the rate of return assumption. The return assumption is reviewed annually.
 
The rate of compensation increase represents the long-term assumption for expected increases to salaries for pay-related plans. The accompanying disclosures include pension obligations associated with businesses classified as discontinued operations.
 

111



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following table reconciles the change in the PBO, the change in plan assets and amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
U.S.
 
Non- U.S.
 
Total
 
U.S.
 
Non- U.S.
 
Total
PBO — beginning of year
$
1,036

 
$
599

 
$
1,635

 
$
1,112

 
$
616

 
$
1,728

Interest cost
38

 
16

 
54

 
38

 
15

 
53

Actuarial gain
(70
)
 
(9
)
 
(79
)
 
(32
)
 
(21
)
 
(53
)
Prior service cost

 

 

 
1

 

 
1

Settlements

 
(18
)
 
(18
)
 

 

 

Benefit payments
(82
)
 
(19
)
 
(101
)
 
(83
)
 
(30
)
 
(113
)
Foreign currency rate changes

 
(15
)
 
(15
)
 

 
19

 
19

PBO — end of year
$
922

 
$
554

 
$
1,476

 
$
1,036

 
$
599

 
$
1,635

Change in plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of assets — beginning of year
$
821

 
$
730

 
$
1,551

 
$
834

 
$
734

 
$
1,568

Actual return on plan assets

 
32

 
32

 
65

 
1

 
66

Employer contributions
5

 
1

 
6

 
5

 
1

 
6

Settlements

 
(22
)
 
(22
)
 

 

 

Benefit payments
(82
)
 
(19
)
 
(101
)
 
(83
)
 
(30
)
 
(113
)
Foreign currency rate changes

 
(20
)
 
(20
)
 

 
24

 
24

Fair value of assets — end of year
$
744

 
$
702

 
$
1,446

 
$
821

 
$
730

 
$
1,551

Funded status
$
(178
)
 
$
148

 
$
(30
)
 
$
(215
)
 
$
131

 
$
(84
)
Amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2018 and 2017 are comprised of the following (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
Total
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
Total
Non-current assets
$

 
$
152

 
$
152

 
$

 
$
135

 
$
135

Current liabilities
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
 
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
Retirement benefits-non-current
(173
)
 
(4
)
 
(177
)
 
(210
)
 
(4
)
 
(214
)
Net amount recognized
$
(178
)
 
$
148

 
$
(30
)
 
$
(215
)
 
$
131

 
$
(84
)

112



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The following tables summarize the amounts included in AOCL net of tax related to pension liabilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 and changes recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) net of tax for the year ended September 30, 2018.
 
 
Net Actuarial Loss
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2017
$
418

 
$
193

 
$
611

Net prior service cost for the year

 

 

Net actuarial gain for the year
(11
)
 
3

 
(8
)
Amortization for the year
(23
)
 
(6
)
 
(29
)
Deferred tax impact
10

 

 
10

Settlements

 
(6
)
 
(6
)
Balance at September 30, 2018
$
394

 
$
184

 
$
578

 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2016
$
454

 
$
190

 
$
644

Net prior service cost for the year
1

 

 
$
1

Net actuarial gain for the year
(36
)
 
11

 
(25
)
Amortization for the year
(22
)
 
(8
)
 
(30
)
Deferred tax impact
21

 

 
21

Balance at September 30, 2017
$
418

 
$
193

 
$
611

 
The company estimates that $23 million of net actuarial losses will be amortized from AOCL into net periodic pension expense during fiscal year 2019. The non-current portion of the pension liability is included in Retirement Benefits in the consolidated balance sheet as follows (in millions):
 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Pension liability
$
177

 
$
214

Retiree medical liability — long term (see Note 21)
73

 
86

Other
12

 
14

Total retirement benefits
$
262

 
$
314


In accordance with FASB guidance, the PBO, accumulated benefit obligation ("ABO") and fair value of plan assets are required to be disclosed for all plans where the ABO is in excess of plan assets. The difference between the PBO and ABO is that the PBO includes projected compensation increases.
 
Additional information is as follows (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
ABO
Exceeds
Assets
 
Assets
Exceed
ABO
 
Total
 
ABO
Exceeds
Assets
 
Assets
Exceed
ABO
 
Total
PBO
$
926

 
$
550


$
1,476

 
$
1,041

 
$
594

 
$
1,635

ABO
926

 
550

 
1,476

 
1,041

 
594

 
1,635

Plan Assets
744

 
702

 
1,446

 
821

 
730

 
1,551



113



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The components of net periodic pension expense are as follows (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost
$

 
$

 
$
1

Interest cost
54

 
53

 
65

Assumed rate of return on plan assets
(99
)
 
(96
)
 
(99
)
Amortization of —
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial losses
29

 
30

 
23

Settlement loss
6

 

 

Net periodic pension income
$
(10
)
 
$
(13
)
 
$
(10
)

Disclosures on investment policies and strategies, categories of plan assets, fair value measurements of plan assets, and significant concentrations of risk are included below.
 
Investment Policy and Strategy
 
The company’s primary investment objective for its pension plan assets is to generate a total investment return sufficient to meet present and future benefit payments while minimizing the company’s cash contributions over the life of the plans. In order to accomplish this objective, the company maintains target allocations to identify and manage exposures. The target asset allocation ranges for the U.S. plan are 2050 percent equity investments, 3060 percent fixed income investments and 1025 percent alternative investments. Alternative investments include private equities, real estate, hedge funds, diversified growth funds, and partnership interests. The target asset allocation ranges for the non-U.S. plans are 1535 percent equity investments, 3060 percent fixed income investments, 010 percent real estate and 1030 percent alternative investments.
 
Investment strategies and policies for the company’s pension plan assets reflect a balance of risk-reducing and return-seeking considerations. The objective of minimizing the volatility of assets relative to liabilities is addressed primarily through asset diversification. Assets are broadly diversified across several asset classes to achieve risk-adjusted returns that accomplish this objective.
 
The majority of pension plan assets are externally managed through active managers. Managers are only permitted to invest within established asset classes and follow the strategies for which they have been appointed. The company uses investment guidelines and reviews asset returns and investment decisions made by the managers to ensure that they are in accordance with the company’s strategies.
 
Concentration of Risk
 
The company seeks to mitigate risks relative to performance of the plan assets. Assets are invested in various classes with different risk and return characteristics in order to ensure that they are sufficient to pay benefits. The company’s investment strategies incorporate a return-seeking approach through equity and alternative investments, while seeking to minimize the volatility of the plans’ assets relative to its liabilities through investments in fixed income securities. The significant areas of risk related to these strategies include equity, interest rate, and operating risk.
 
A portion of plan assets is allocated to equity and alternative investments that are expected, over time, to earn higher returns. Within this return-seeking portfolio, asset diversification is utilized to reduce uncompensated risk.
 
Plan assets are also allocated to fixed income investments, which seek to minimize interest rate risk volatility relative to pension liabilities. The fixed income portfolio partially matches the long-dated nature of the pension liabilities reducing interest rate risk. Interest rate decreases generally increase the value of fixed income assets, partially offsetting the related increase in the liabilities, while interest rate increases generally result in a decline in the value of fixed income assets while reducing the present value of the liabilities.
 

114



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Operating risks consist of the risks of inadequate diversification and weak controls. The company has established policies and procedures in order to mitigate this risk by monitoring investment manager performance, reviewing periodic compliance information, and ensuring that the plans’ managers invest in accordance with the company’s investment strategies.
 
Fair Value of Investments
 
The current FASB guidance provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level 1 inputs use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets that the Plan has the ability to access.
Level 2 inputs use other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. These Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets in active markets and other inputs such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, including inputs that are available in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the related asset.
In instances where inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels in the above fair value hierarchy, fair value measurements in their entirety are categorized based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the valuation. The company's assessment of the significance of particular inputs to these fair value measurements requires judgment and considers factors specific to each asset or liability.
 
Following are descriptions, valuation methodologies and other information related to plan assets.
 
Cash and cash equivalents: The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is valued at cost.
 
Equity Securities: The overall equity category includes common and preferred stocks issued by U.S. and international companies as well as equity funds that invest in these instruments. All investments generally allow near-term (within 90 days of the measurement date)  liquidity and are held in issues that are actively traded to facilitate transactions at minimum cost. The aggregate equity portfolio is diversified to avoid exposure to any investment strategy, single economic sector, industry group, or individual security. 
 
The fair value of equity securities is determined by either direct or indirect quoted market prices. When the value of assets held in separate accounts is not published, the value is based on the underlying holdings, which are primarily direct quoted market prices on regulated financial exchanges.
 
Most of the equity investments allow daily redemptions, with some providing monthly liquidity or requiring a 30-day notice. 
 
Fixed Income Securities: The overall fixed income category includes U.S. dollar-denominated and international marketable bonds and convertible debt securities as well as fixed income funds that invest in these instruments. All assets generally allow near-term liquidity and are held in issues which are actively traded to facilitate transactions at minimum cost. The aggregate fixed income portfolio is diversified to avoid exposure to any investment strategy, maturity, issuer or credit quality.
 
The fair value of fixed income securities is determined by either direct or indirect quoted market prices. When the value of assets held in separate accounts is not published, the value is based on the underlying holdings, which are primarily direct quoted market prices on regulated financial exchanges.
 
U.S. fixed income securities typically offer daily liquidity, with only one investment allowing quarterly redemptions. International and emerging fixed income investment vehicles generally provide daily liquidity.
 
Commingled Funds: The fair value of commingled funds is determined by a custodian. The custodian obtains valuations from underlying fund managers based on market quotes for the most liquid assets and alternative methods for assets that do not have sufficient trading activity to derive prices. The company and custodian review the methods used by the underlying managers to value the assets.
 

115



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Real Estate: Real estate provides an indirect investment into a diversified and multi-sector portfolio of property assets. The fair value of real estate investments is valued by the fund managers. The fund managers value the real estate investments via independent third-party appraisals on a periodic basis. Assumptions used to revalue the properties are updated every quarter. For the component of the real estate portfolio under development, the investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value, until they are completed and valued by a third-party appraiser.
 
Due to the long-term nature of real estate investments, liquidity is provided on a quarterly basis.

Futures Contracts:  The plan enters into futures contracts in the normal course of its investing activities to manage market risk and to achieve overall investment portfolio objectives.  The credit risk associated with these contracts is minimal as they are traded on organized exchanges and settled daily.  The fair value of futures contracts is determined by direct quoted market prices.  Cash margin for these futures contracts is included in Cash and Cash Equivalents in the leveling table.
 
Alternatives/Partnerships/Private Equity: This category includes investments in private equity and hedge funds.  Such investments may be made directly or through pooled funds, including fund of funds structures. The fair market value of the company’s interest in partnerships and private equity is valued by the fund managers. The valuation is based on the net present value of observable inputs (dividends, cash flows, earnings, etc.), which are discounted at applicable discount rates. The company and custodian review the methods used by the underlying managers to value the assets. 

Most of these investments offer quarterly redemption opportunities. Some partnerships and private equity investments, due to the nature of their investment strategy and underlying holdings, offer less frequent liquidity. When available, liquidity events are closely evaluated.
 
The valuation methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

116



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
The fair value of plan assets at September 30, 2018 by asset category is as follows (in millions):
 
U.S. Plans
2018
Asset Category
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. – Large cap
$
51

 
$

 
$

 
$
51

U.S. – Small cap
24

 

 

 
24

Private equity

 

 
17

 
17

International equity
29

 

 

 
29

Equity investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
191

Total equity investments
$
104

 
$

 
$
17

 
$
312

Fixed income investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. fixed income
$
1

 
$
164

 
$

 
$
165

Emerging fixed income

 
20

 

 
20

Partnerships fixed income
13

 

 

 
13

Fixed income investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
34

Total fixed income
$
14

 
$
184

 
$

 
$
232

Alternatives – Partnerships

 

 
83

 
83

Alternatives – Partnerships measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
85

Cash and cash equivalents

 
32

 

 
32

Total assets at fair value
$
118


$
216


$
100


$
744

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. Plans
2018
Asset Category
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International equity
$
171

 
$

 
$

 
$
171

Total equity investments
$
171

 
$

 
$

 
$
171

Fixed income investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed income investments
$
5

 
$
145

 
$

 
$
150

Fixed income investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
194

Total fixed income
$
5


$
145


$


$
344

Commingled funds

 
5

 

 
5

Alternative investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
137

Real estate measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
41

Cash and cash equivalents

 
4

 

 
4

Total assets at fair value
$
176


$
154


$


$
702

 
(1) 
In accordance with Subtopic 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the statement of financial position.
    

117



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The fair value of plan assets at September 30, 2017 by asset category is as follows (in millions):
 
U.S. Plans
2017
Asset Category
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. – Large cap
$
54

 
$

 
$

 
$
54

U.S. – Small cap
26

 

 

 
26

Private equity

 

 
19

 
19

International equity
37

 

 

 
37

Equity investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
195

Total equity investments
$
117

 
$

 
$
19

 
$
331

Fixed income investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. fixed income
$
5

 
$
213

 
$

 
$
218

Emerging fixed income

 
22

 

 
22

Partnerships fixed income
14

 

 

 
14

Fixed income investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
37

Total fixed income
$
19

 
$
235

 
$

 
$
291

Alternatives – Partnerships

 

 
77

 
77

Alternatives – Partnerships measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
88

Cash and cash equivalents

 
34

 

 
34

Total assets at fair value
$
136


$
269


$
96


$
821

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. Plans
2017
Asset Category
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International equity
$
168

 
$

 
$

 
$
168

Total equity investments
$
168

 
$

 
$

 
$
168

Fixed income investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed income investments
$
5

 
$
149

 
$

 
$
154

Fixed income investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
226

Total fixed income
$
5

 
$
149

 
$

 
$
380

Commingled funds

 
5

 

 
5

Alternative investments measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
136

Real estate measured at net asset value (1)

 

 

 
40

Cash and cash equivalents

 
1

 

 
1

Total assets at fair value
$
173


$
155


$


$
730

 
(1) 
In accordance with Subtopic 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the statement of financial position.







118



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Unfunded Commitment
 
As of September 30, 2018, the U.S. plan had $6 million of unfunded investment commitments related to plan assets. The majority of this amount is attributed to partnership investments that the plan will invest in gradually over the course of several years. Non-U.S. plans currently do not have any unfunded commitments.
 
The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended September 30, 2018 (in millions):
 
U.S. Plans
2018
 
Fair Value at October 1, 2017
 
Return on Plan Assets: Attributable to Assets Held at September 30, 2018
 
Purchases
 
Settlements
 
Net Transfers Into (Out of) Level 3
 
Fair Value at September 30, 2018
Asset Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity
$
19

 
$
(3
)
 
$
1

 
$

 
$

 
$
17

Alternatives –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Partnerships
77

 
6

 

 

 

 
83

Total Level 3 fair value
$
96

 
$
3

 
$
1

 
$

 
$

 
$
100

 
The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended September 30, 2017 (in millions):

U.S. Plans
2017
 
Fair Value at October 1, 2016
 
Return on Plan Assets: Attributable to Assets Held at September 30, 2017
 
Purchases
 
Settlements
 
Net Transfers Into (Out of) Level 3
 
Fair Value at September 30, 2017
Asset Category
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Private equity
$
11

 
$
4

 
$
4

 
$

 
$

 
$
19

Partnerships –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Fixed income
1

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 

Alternatives –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Partnerships
77

 
4

 
1

 
(5
)
 

 
77

Total Level 3 fair value
$
89

 
$
8

 
$
5

 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$
96


 

119



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Information about the expected cash flows for the U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans is as follows (in millions): 
 
U.S.
 
Non U.S.
 
Total
Expected employer contributions:
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2019
$
5

 
$
1

 
$
6

Expected benefit payments:
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2019
71

 
29

 
100

Fiscal 2020
70

 
25

 
95

Fiscal 2021
69

 
25

 
94

Fiscal 2022
68

 
25

 
93

Fiscal 2023
67


25

 
92

Fiscal 2024-2028
314

 
128

 
442


The company also sponsors certain defined contribution savings plans for eligible employees. Expense related to these plans, including company matching contributions, was $21 million, $18 million and $16 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

23. INCOME TAXES
 
The income tax provisions were calculated based upon the following components of income before income taxes (in millions):
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
U.S. income
$
85

 
$
252

 
$
71

Foreign income
193

 
129

 
84

Total
$
278

 
$
381

 
$
155


The components of the benefit (provision) for income taxes are summarized as follows (in millions):    
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Current tax benefit (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
$
(24
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
(1
)
Foreign
(51
)
 
(11
)
 
11

State and local

 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Total current tax benefit (expense)
(75
)
 
(14
)
 
9

Deferred tax benefit (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
(76
)
 
(28
)
 
394

Foreign
5

 
(9
)
 
(22
)
State and local
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
43

Total deferred tax benefit
(74
)
 
(38
)
 
415

Income tax benefit (expense)
$
(149
)
 
$
(52
)
 
$
424


The deferred tax expense or benefit represents tax effects of current year deductions or items of income that will be recognized in future periods for tax purposes. The fiscal year 2018 deferred income tax expense in the U.S. was primarily attributable to the revaluation of deferred tax assets for the new effective tax rate and the utilization of the foreign tax credit related to the transition tax. The deferred income tax expense in the U.S. in fiscal year 2017 was primarily attributable to the tax effect of the gain on sale of equity investment, partially offset by the additional reversal of a valuation allowance. In fiscal year 2016, the U.S. and state and local deferred tax benefit was primarily attributable to the valuation allowance reversal in the U.S.
 

120



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
Net current and non-current deferred income tax assets (liabilities) included in the consolidated balance sheet consist of the tax effects of temporary differences related to the following (in millions): 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Accrued compensation and benefits
$
15

 
$
32

Accrued product warranties
11

 
14

Inventory costs
6

 
9

Receivables
8

 
18

Environmental
28

 
31

Accrued retiree healthcare benefits
21

 
39

Retirement pension plans
41

 
92

Property
10

 
10

Loss and credit carryforwards
278

 
349

Other
19

 
40

Sub-total
437

 
634

Less: Valuation allowances
(236
)
 
(307
)
Deferred income taxes - asset
$
201

 
$
327

Taxes on undistributed income
$
(14
)
 
$
(7
)
Intangible assets
(54
)
 
(87
)
Debt basis difference
(9
)
 
(16
)
Deferred income taxes - liability
$
(77
)
 
$
(110
)
Net deferred income tax assets
$
124

 
$
217



Net non-current deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are included in the consolidated balance sheet as follows (in millions): 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Other assets (see Note 13)
$
140

 
$
229

Other liabilities (see Note 16)
(16
)
 
(12
)
Net non-current deferred income taxes — asset
$
124

 
$
217


In prior years, the company established valuation allowances against its U.S. net deferred tax assets and the net deferred tax assets of its 100%-owned subsidiaries in France, Germany, Italy, Sweden, the U.K. and certain other countries. In evaluating its ability to recover these net deferred tax assets, the company utilizes a consistent approach which considers its historical operating results, including an assessment of the degree to which any gains or losses are driven by items that are unusual in nature and tax planning strategies. In addition, the company reviews changes in near-term market conditions and other factors that impact future operating results.

In fiscal year 2018, the net deferred tax assets were reduced primarily due to the legislative changes in the U.S.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, as a result of sustained profitability in the U.S. evidenced by a strong earnings history, future forecasted earnings, and additional positive evidence, the company determined it was more likely than not it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the U.S. Accordingly, the company reversed a portion of the valuation allowance in the U.S., resulting in a non-cash income tax benefit of $438 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, an additional $52 million of the valuation allowance in the U.S. was released due to increased profitability.


121



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, due to a three-year cumulative loss and future economic uncertainty, the company concluded that a valuation allowance was required in Brazil. After sustaining profitability in fiscal years 2017 and 2018, Brazil now has three year cumulative income. In addition, the economy in Brazil has improved and the company now has future forecasted income. As such, the company reversed the valuation allowance from Brazil, resulting in a non-cash income tax benefit of $9 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018.

As of September 30, 2018, the company continues to maintain the valuation allowances in France, the U.K. and certain other jurisdictions, as the company believes the negative evidence that it will be able to recover these net deferred tax assets continues to outweigh the positive evidence. If, in the future, the company generates taxable income on a sustained basis, its conclusion regarding the need for valuation allowances in these jurisdictions could change.

The expiration periods for deferred tax assets related to net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards as of September 30, 2018 are included below (in millions). Also included are the associated valuation allowances on these deferred tax assets (in millions).

 
Fiscal Year Expiration Periods
 
2019-2023
2024-2033
2034-2038
Indefinite
Total
Net Operating Losses and Tax Credit Carryforwards
$
15

$
55

$
11

$
197

$
278

Valuation Allowances on these Deferred Tax Assets
$
10

$
17

$

$
187

$
214


Realization of deferred tax assets representing net operating loss carryforwards for which a valuation allowance has not been provided is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if the company is unable to generate sufficient future taxable income during the carryforward period.
 
As a result of the U.S. tax reform, pursuant to SAB 118, the company recognized a provisional one-time transition tax related to the $1,170 million undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. No additional provision has been made for U.S., state or foreign taxes related to the distribution of the earnings which have been asserted as permanently reinvested. Quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any, associated with permanently reinvested earnings is not practicable. 
The company’s provision for income taxes was different from the provision for income taxes calculated at the U.S. statutory rate for the reasons set forth below (in millions): 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Expense for income taxes at statutory tax rate
$
(68
)
 
$
(133
)
 
$
(54
)
State and local income taxes
(2
)
 
(14
)
 
(7
)
Foreign income taxed at rates other than statutory
(4
)
 
9

 
5

Legislative changes
(126
)
 

 
(14
)
Joint venture equity income
6

 
7

 
3

Tax effect of nonfunctional currency transaction
2

 
(2
)
 
(30
)
Correlated tax relief

 
7

 
51

U.S. tax impact on distributions from subsidiaries and joint ventures
(4
)
 
(8
)
 
14

Nondeductible expenses
(8
)
 
(10
)
 
(12
)
Tax credits
9

 
14

 
61

Valuation allowances
40

 
56

 
418

Impact of capital loss
1

 
15

 

Other
5

 
7

 
(11
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
$
(149
)
 
$
(52
)
 
$
424



122



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the U.S. tax reform. The U.S. tax reform made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affected the company's fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate and requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The U.S. tax reform reduced the federal corporate tax rate to 21 percent effective January 1, 2018. Section 15 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, stipulates that the company's fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 had a blended corporate tax rate of 24.5 percent, which is based on the applicable tax rates before and after the U.S. tax reform and the number of days in the year.
The SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 118, which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the U.S. tax reform. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the U.S. tax reform enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the U.S. tax reform for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the U.S. tax reform is incomplete but the company is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the U.S. tax reform.
Specifically, the company included discrete tax expense in its first quarter financial statements for fiscal year 2018 related to provisional amounts under SAB 118 for the impact of the revaluation of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the federal income tax rate reduction from 35 percent to 21 percent. In order to properly account for the blended tax rate in place for fiscal year 2018, the company estimated the deferred tax assets and liabilities expected to reverse during the current fiscal year and applied a tax rate of 24.5 percent. All other deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to reverse in fiscal year 2019 or later and were revalued at 21 percent. Additionally, the company estimated its liability and included provisional amounts for the one-time transition tax as a discrete tax expense. The company will elect to offset the liability associated with this transition tax by utilizing foreign tax credit carryovers. The revaluation of the deferred tax assets and the transition tax resulted in a non-cash charge of $77 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. For September 30, 2018, the amount recorded for the revaluation of deferreds, transition tax and other tax reform related adjustments is $89 million.
As of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company has revalued all US deferred tax assets to the appropriate amount and refined its accumulated earnings and profits pools and allocation of cash and non-cash earnings for purposes of calculating the transition tax liability. For purposes of SAB 118, the company considers their accounting for the revaluation of U.S. deferred tax assets complete. The company continues to refine its accumulated earnings and profits pools for purposes of calculating the transition tax liability and considers this accounting to be provisional as of September 30, 2018. The company expects to finalize their accounting for the transition tax in Q1 2019. No other provisions of U.S. tax reform had a material financial statement impact for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.
With respect to the U.S. tax reform provision on global intangible low-tax income, which will apply to us starting in fiscal 2019, the company has elected to treat GILTI as a period cost and, therefore, has not recognized deferred taxes for basis differences that may reverse as GILTI in future periods.
In fiscal year 2016, the company determined it is now more favorable to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit rather than deduct foreign taxes paid, and as a result, a $2 million, $11 million and $61 million income tax benefit was recorded in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2018, the company utilized $28 million of historical foreign tax credits to offset the liability associated with the U.S. transition tax. Additionally, the company recorded a U.S. tax benefit related to U.S. research and development tax credits of $6 million in fiscal year 2018.

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits the company recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 740 as of September 30, 2018 was $261 million, of which $215 million represents the amount that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods.
 

123



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


A reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the period is as follows (in millions): 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Balance at beginning of the period
$
269

 
$
243

 
$
207

       Additions to tax positions recorded during the current year

 

 
39

       Additions to tax positions recorded during the prior year

 
26

 

       Reductions to tax position recorded in prior years
(6
)
 

 

       Reductions to tax positions due to lapse of statutory limits
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
(3
)
       Translation, other
(1
)
 
2

 

Balance at end of the period
$
261

 
$
269

 
$
243


The company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations. At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the company recorded assets of $13 million and $9 million, respectively of interest on uncertain tax positions in the consolidated balance sheet. In addition, penalties of $1 million were recorded as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017. The income tax benefit related to interest was $4 million, $5 million and $8 million for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The income tax benefit related to penalties was immaterial for years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

The company files tax returns in multiple jurisdictions and is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. The company’s Canadian federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2015 and 2016 are currently under audit. The company's German subsidiary is currently under audit for fiscal years 2008 through 2013. The company's Indian subsidiary is currently under audit for fiscal years 2015 and 2016. In addition, the company is under audit in various state tax jurisdictions for various years. It is reasonably possible that audit settlements, the conclusion of current examinations or the expiration of the statute of limitations in several jurisdictions could change the company’s unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months. It is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit in the next twelve months.

In addition to the audits listed above, the company has open tax years primarily from 2001-2017 with various significant taxing jurisdictions, including the U.S., Brazil, Canada, China, Italy, Mexico, Sweden and the U.K. These open years contain matters that could be subject to differing interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations as they relate to the amount, timing or inclusion of revenue and expenses or the sustainability of income tax credits for a given audit cycle. The company has recorded a tax benefit only for those positions that meet the more-likely-than-not standard.

24. CONTINGENCIES
 
Environmental

Federal, state and local requirements relating to the discharge of substances into the environment, the disposal of hazardous wastes and other activities affecting the environment have, and will continue to have, an impact on the operations of the company. The process of estimating environmental liabilities is complex and dependent upon evolving physical and scientific data at the sites, uncertainties as to remedies and technologies to be used and the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies. The company records liabilities for environmental issues in the accounting period in which they are considered to be probable and the cost can be reasonably estimated. At environmental sites in which more than one potentially responsible party has been identified, the company records a liability for its allocable share of costs related to its involvement with the site, as well as an allocable share of costs related to insolvent parties or unidentified shares. At environmental sites in which the company is the only potentially responsible party, the company records a liability for the total probable and estimable costs of remediation before consideration of recovery from insurers or other third parties.
 

124



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


The company has been designated as a potentially responsible party at ten Superfund sites, excluding sites as to which the company’s records disclose no involvement or as to which the company’s liability has been finally determined. These sites include a location in Grenada, Mississippi that was designated as a Superfund site by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in September of 2018. Management estimates the total reasonably possible costs the company could incur for the remediation of Superfund sites at September 30, 2018 to be approximately $24 million, of which $12 million is recorded as a liability. Included in reasonably possible amounts are estimates for certain remediation actions that may be required if current actions are deemed inadequate by the regulators. Environmental remediation costs recorded with respect to the Superfund were $12 million in fiscal year 2018 and were not substantial in fiscal years 2017 and 2016.
 
In addition to the Superfund sites, various other lawsuits, claims and proceedings have been asserted against the company, alleging violations of federal, state and local environmental protection requirements, or seeking remediation of alleged environmental impairments, principally at previously disposed-of properties. For these matters, management has estimated the total reasonably possible costs the company could incur at September 30, 2018 to be approximately $10 million, of which $5 million is probable and recorded as a liability. During each of the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the company recorded environmental remediation costs of $2 million, $3 million and $3 million, respectively, with respect to these matters, resulting from revised estimates to remediate these sites.
 
Included in the company’s environmental liabilities are costs for on-going operation, maintenance and monitoring at environmental sites in which remediation has been put into place. This liability is discounted using discount rates in the range of 1.75 to 2.75 percent and is approximately $13 million at September 30, 2018. The undiscounted estimate of these costs is approximately $15 million.
 
The following are the components of the Superfund and non-Superfund environmental reserves (in millions):
 
 
Superfund Sites
 
Non-Superfund
Sites
 
Total
Balance at September 30, 2017
$
2

 
$
7

 
$
9

Transition of Grenada to Superfund Site
2

 
(2
)
 

Payments and other
(4
)
 
(2
)
 
(6
)
Accruals
12

 
2

 
14

Balance at September 30, 2018
$
12

 
$
5

 
$
17


There were $12 million, $3 million, and $3 million of environmental remediation costs recognized in other operating expense in the consolidated statement of operations in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Environmental reserves are included in Other Current Liabilities (see Note 15) and Other Liabilities (see Note 16) in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
The actual amount of costs or damages for which the company may be held responsible could materially exceed the foregoing estimates because of uncertainties, including the financial condition of other potentially responsible parties, the success of the remediation, discovery of new contamination and other factors that make it difficult to predict actual costs accurately. However, based on management’s assessment, after consulting with outside advisors that specialize in environmental matters, and subject to the difficulties inherent in estimating these future costs, the company believes that its expenditures for environmental capital investment and remediation necessary to comply with present regulations governing environmental protection and other expenditures for the resolution of environmental claims will not have a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, in future periods, new laws and regulations, changes in remediation plans, advances in technology and additional information about the ultimate clean-up remedies could significantly change the company’s estimates. Management cannot assess the possible effect of compliance with future requirements.
 
In April 2016, the company was served with several complaints filed against the company and other defendants in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi. The complaints were amended in July 2016.  These complaints allege damages, including diminution of property value, concealment/fraud and emotional distress resulting from alleged environmental pollution in and around a neighborhood in Grenada, Mississippi. Rockwell owned and operated a facility near the neighborhood from 1965 to 1985. The company filed answers to the complaints in July 2016. In May 2017, the company was served with a

125



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


complaint filed against the company and other defendants by the Mississippi Attorney General in the Chancery Court of Grenada County, Mississippi. The complaint alleges that operations at the above-referenced Grenada facility caused contamination of off-site groundwater and surface waters. The company removed this action to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi, after which plaintiffs filed a motion to remand the case to the Chancery Court, which was granted in March 2018. In April, May and July 2018, the company was served with additional property damage, personal injury and wrongful death lawsuits naming the company and others as defendants, which were brought by current and former residents of the same neighborhood. The company intends to defend itself vigorously against these claims. The company believes at this time that liabilities associated with these cases, while possible, are not probable and estimable, and therefore has not recorded any accrual for them as of September 30, 2018 and 2017. Further, a reasonably possible range of loss cannot be estimated at this time.


Asbestos

Maremont Corporation ("Maremont"), a subsidiary of Meritor, manufactured friction products containing asbestos from 1953 through 1977, when it sold its friction product business. Arvin Industries, Inc., a predecessor of the company, acquired Maremont in 1986. Maremont and many other companies are defendants in suits brought by individuals claiming personal injuries as a result of exposure to asbestos-containing products. Maremont had approximately 1,700 and 2,800 pending asbestos-related claims at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Although Maremont has been named in these cases, in the cases where actual injury has been alleged, very few claimants have established that a Maremont product caused their injuries. Plaintiffs’ lawyers often sue dozens or even hundreds of defendants in individual lawsuits, seeking damages against all named defendants irrespective of the disease or injury and irrespective of any causal connection with a particular product. For these reasons, the total number of claims filed is not necessarily the most meaningful factor in determining Maremont's asbestos related liability.
 
Pending and Future Claims: Maremont engaged a third-party advisor with extensive experience in assessing asbestos-related liabilities to conduct a study to estimate its potential undiscounted liability for pending and future asbestos-related claims, as of September 30, 2018. On a continual basis, management monitors the underlying claims data and experience, for the purpose of assessing the appropriateness of the assumptions used to estimate the liability. The increase in the estimated liability from the prior year study at both the low end and high end of the range reflects a change in the forecast horizon utilized to estimate future claims, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers. Previously, Maremont’s pending and future claims estimates were based on a ten-year forecast period. In fiscal year 2018, the company moved to a penultimate horizon for estimating Maremont’s pending and future claims estimates. The penultimate horizon is defined as the second-to-last day of claims estimated to occur. The longer horizon estimate is now considered reasonable based on factors including Maremont's recent history and experience, the disciplined management of asbestos related litigation, an observance of trends indicating diminished volatility and greater consistency in Maremont's observable claims data, the maturity of the asbestos litigation overall and experience in recent insurance negotiations.
 
As of September 30, 2018,the estimated range of equally likely possibilities of Maremont’s obligation for asbestos-related claims over the next 41 years was $107 million to $195 million. Based on the information contained in the actuarial study, and all other available information considered, Maremont concluded that no amount within the range of potential liability was more likely than any other and, therefore, recorded the low end of the range. Maremont recognized a liability for pending and future claims over the next 41 years of $107 million as of September 30, 2018 and a ten-year liability of $68 million as of September 30, 2017. The ultimate cost of resolving pending and future claims is estimated based on the history of claims and expenses for plaintiffs represented by law firms in jurisdictions with an established history with Maremont. Maremont recognized $38 million and $5 million of expense in fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively, associated with its annual valuation of asbestos-related liabilities and receivables.

Recoveries: Maremont has historically had insurance that reimburses a meaningful portion of the costs incurred defending against asbestos-related claims. The expected insurance receivable related to future asbestos-related liabilities was $24 million and $25 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The receivable is for coverage primarily provided by one insurance carrier based on a coverage-in-place agreement. Maremont currently expects to exhaust the remaining limits provided by this coverage sometime in the next three-to-five years. The difference between the estimated liability and insurance receivable is primarily related to exhaustion of settled insurance coverage within the forecasted period and proceeds from settled insurance policies.
 

126



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Maremont maintained insurance coverage with other insurance carriers that management believed also provided coverage for indemnity and defense costs. During fiscal year 2013, Maremont re-initiated lawsuits against these carriers, seeking a declaration of its rights to coverage for asbestos claims and to facilitate an orderly and timely collection of insurance proceeds. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, the dispute related to these insurance policies was settled. As part of this settlement, on December 12, 2015, Maremont received $17 million in cash, of which $5 million was recognized as a reduction in asbestos expense and $12 million was recorded as a liability to the insurance carrier as it is required to be returned to the carrier if additional asbestos liability is not incurred. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, Maremont recognized an additional $9 million of the cash settlement proceeds as a reduction in asbestos expense. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, the company recognized the remaining $3 million of the cash settlement proceeds as a reduction in asbestos expense. The settlement also provides additional recovery for Maremont if certain future defense and indemnity spending thresholds are met.

 The amounts recorded for the asbestos-related reserves and recoveries from insurance companies are based upon assumptions and estimates derived from currently known facts. All such estimates of liabilities and recoveries for asbestos-related claims are subject to considerable uncertainty because such liabilities and recoveries are influenced by variables that are difficult to predict. The future litigation environment for Maremont could change significantly from its past experience, due, for example, to changes in the mix of claims filed against Maremont in terms of plaintiffs’ law firm, jurisdiction and disease; legislative or regulatory developments; Maremont’s approach to defending claims; or payments to plaintiffs from other defendants. Estimated recoveries are influenced by coverage issues among insurers and the continuing solvency of various insurance companies. If the assumptions with respect to the estimation period, the nature of pending and future claims, the cost to resolve claims and the amount of available insurance prove to be incorrect, the actual amount of liability for Maremont’s asbestos-related claims, and the effect on the company, could differ materially from current estimates and, therefore, could have a material impact on the company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Maremont’s asbestos-related reserves and corresponding asbestos-related recoveries are summarized as follows (in millions):

 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Pending and future claims
$
107

 
$
68

Billed but unpaid claims
2

 
2

Asbestos-related liabilities
$
109

 
$
70

Asbestos-related insurance recoveries
$
24

 
$
25


A portion of the asbestos-related recoveries and reserves are included in Other Current Assets and Liabilities , with the majority of the amounts recorded in Other Assets and Liabilities (see Notes 11, 13, 15 and 16).

Assumptions: The following assumptions were made by Maremont after consultation with consultants and are included in the study:
Pending and future claims were estimated for a 41 year period ending in fiscal year 2059;
The litigation environment remains consistent throughout the forecast horizon;
On a per claim basis, defense and indemnity costs for pending and future claims will be at the level consistent with Maremont’s recent experience.

Rockwell — ArvinMeritor, Inc. ("AM"), a predecessor of Meritor, along with many other companies, has also been named as a defendant in lawsuits alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to asbestos used in certain components of Rockwell products many years ago. Liability for these claims was transferred at the time of the spin-off of the automotive business from Rockwell in 1997. Rockwell had approximately 1,400 and 1,600 pending active asbestos claims in lawsuits that name AM, together with many other companies, as defendants at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

A significant portion of the claims do not identify any of Rockwell’s products or specify which of the claimants, if any, were exposed to asbestos attributable to Rockwell’s products, and past experience has shown that the vast majority of the claimants will likely never identify any of Rockwell’s products. Historically, AM has been dismissed from the vast majority of similar claims filed in the past with no payment to claimants. For those claimants who do show that they worked with Rockwell’s products,

127



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


management nevertheless believes it has meritorious defenses, in substantial part due to the integrity of the products involved and the lack of any impairing medical condition on the part of many claimants.  

Pending and Future Claims: The company engaged a third-party advisor with extensive experience in assessing asbestos-related liabilities to conduct a study to estimate its potential undiscounted liability for pending and future asbestos-related claims as of September 30, 2018. On a continual basis, management monitors the underlying claims data and experience, for the purpose of assessing the appropriateness of the assumptions used to estimate the liability. The increase in the estimated liability from the prior year study at both the low end and high end reflects a change in the forecast horizon utilized to estimate future claims, excluding legal costs and any potential recovery from insurance carriers. Previously, the company’s pending and future claims estimates were based on a ten-year forecast period. In fiscal year 2018, the company moved to a penultimate horizon for estimating our pending and future claims estimates. The penultimate horizon is defined as the second-to-last day of claims estimated to occur. The longer horizon estimate is now considered reasonable based on factors including the company's recent history and experience, the disciplined management of asbestos related litigation, an observance of trends indicating diminished volatility and greater consistency in the company's observable claims data, the maturity of the asbestos litigation overall and experience in recent insurance negotiations.

As of September 30, 2018, the estimated probable range of equally likely possibilities of the company’s obligation for asbestos-related claims over the next 41 years is $103 million to $186 million. Based on the information contained in the actuarial study, and all other available information considered, management concluded that no amount within the range of potential liability was more likely than any other and, therefore, recorded the low end of the range. The company recognized a liability for pending and future claims over the next 41 years of $103 million as of September 30, 2018 compared to the ten-year liability of $63 million as of September 30, 2017. The ultimate cost of resolving pending and future claims is estimated based on the history of claims and expenses for plaintiffs represented by law firms in jurisdictions with an established history with Rockwell.

Recoveries: Rockwell has insurance coverage that management believes covers indemnity and defense costs, over and above self-insurance retentions, for a significant portion of these claims. In 2004, the company initiated litigation against certain of these carriers to enforce the insurance policies. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the company executed settlement agreements with two of these carriers, thereby resolving the litigation against those particular carriers. Pursuant to the terms of one of those settlement agreements, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 the company received $32 million in cash from an insurer, of which $10 million was recognized as a reduction in asbestos expense, and $22 million was recorded as a liability to the insurance carrier as it is required to be returned to the carrier if additional asbestos liability is not ultimately incurred. During fiscal years 2018 and 2017, Rockwell recognized an additional $12 million and $10 million, respectively of the cash settlement proceeds as a reduction in asbestos expense. Pursuant to the terms of a second settlement agreement, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 the company recorded a $12 million receivable to reflect expected reimbursement of future defense and indemnity payments under a coverage-in-place arrangement with that insurer. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve additional disputed coverage resulting from asbestos claims. On September 15, 2018, the company received $3 million in cash and $28 million recorded as an insurance receivable related to this settlement. The insurance receivables for Rockwell’s asbestos-related liabilities totaled $68 million and $38 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Included in these amounts are increases to previous settlement receivables resulting from the extended forecast horizon which led to a balance of $40 million for those previous settlement receivables as of September 30, 2018.

Also, during the third quarter of fiscal year 2016, the company reached a settlement, relating to certain proofs of claim filed by the company under certain insurance policies, with an insolvent insurer for $5.5 million (the "allowed claim"). On June 17, 2016, the company entered into an assignment of claim (the "Assignment") with Macquarie Bank to assign the allowed claim the company had against the insolvent insurer. The Assignment was approved by the liquidator, which resulted in the company receiving $3 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2016.

The amounts recorded for the asbestos-related reserves and recoveries from insurance companies are based upon assumptions and estimates derived from currently known facts. All such estimates of liabilities and recoveries for asbestos-related claims are subject to considerable uncertainty because such liabilities and recoveries are influenced by variables that are difficult to predict. The future litigation environment for Rockwell could change significantly from its past experience, due, for example, to changes in the mix of claims filed against Rockwell in terms of plaintiffs’ law firm, jurisdiction and disease; legislative or regulatory developments; the company’s approach to defending claims; or payments to plaintiffs from other defendants. Estimated recoveries are influenced by coverage issues among insurers and the continuing solvency of various insurance companies. If the assumptions with respect to the estimation period, the nature of pending claims, the cost to resolve claims and the amount of available insurance prove to be incorrect, the actual amount of liability for Rockwell asbestos-related claims, and the effect on the company, could

128



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


differ materially from current estimates and, therefore, could have a material impact on the company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Rockwell legacy asbestos-related reserves and corresponding asbestos-related recoveries are summarized as follows (in millions):
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
Pending and future claims
$
103

 
$
63

Billed but unpaid claims
2

 
2

Asbestos-related liabilities
$
105

 
$
65

Asbestos-related insurance recoveries
$
68

 
$
38


Assumptions: The following assumptions were made by the company after consultation with consultants and are included in the study:
Pending and future claims were estimated for a 41 year period ending in fiscal year 2059;
The litigation environment remains consistent throughout the forecast horizon;
On a per claim basis, defense and indemnity costs for pending and future claims will be at the level consistent with the company’s recent experience.

Indemnification

The company has agreed to indemnify others in conjunction with certain transactions, primarily divestitures. These indemnities address a variety of matters, which may include environmental, tax, asbestos and employment-related matters, and the periods of indemnification vary in duration.
In December 2005, the company guaranteed a third party’s obligation to reimburse another party for payment of health and prescription drug benefits to a group of retired employees. The retirees were former employees of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company prior to it being acquired by the company. The wholly-owned subsidiary, which was part of the company’s light vehicle aftermarket business, was sold by the company in fiscal year 2006. Prior to May 2009, except as set forth hereinafter, the third party met its obligations to reimburse the other party. In May 2009, the third party filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code requiring the company to recognize its obligations under the guarantee. The company recorded a $28 million liability in fiscal year 2009 for this matter. At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the remaining estimated liability for this matter was approximately $9 million and $10 million, respectively.
In connection with the sale of its interest in MSSC in October 2009, the company agreed to indemnify the buyer for its share of potential obligations related to pension funding shortfall, environmental and other contingencies, and valuation of certain accounts receivable and inventories. The company's estimated exposure under these indemnities at September 30, 2017 was approximately $1 million. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company determined with confirmation from MSSC that the obligation was no longer probable and therefore the company released the accrual.
The company is not aware of any other claims or other information that would give rise to material payments under such indemnities.

Other

The company identified certain sales transactions for which value-added tax may have been required to be remitted to certain tax jurisdictions for tax years 2011 through 2018. At both September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the company’s estimate of the probable liability was $3 million and $12 million, respectively.

On June 24, 2014, the company filed a complaint in the Circuit Court for Oakland County, Michigan against a supplier alleging that certain bearings supplied by the supplier for TL Trailer Axles were faulty, and as a result, the company suffered product liability damages and expenses with respect to vehicle recalls. On May 13, 2016, the company entered into a settlement agreement with the supplier pursuant to which the company received approximately $6 million, which was recognized as a reduction of selling,

129



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations in the third quarter of fiscal year 2016. The settlement does not relieve the company of its current liability for past or future claims related to TL Axles. The company has the right to seek future indemnification from the supplier with respect to any currently unasserted claims.

On July 5, 2017, the company's subsidiary, Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, fully and finally resolved all claims with respect to its various legal proceedings with Sistemas Automotrices de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. ("Sisamex"), its Mexican joint venture with Quimmco, S.A. de C.V. ("Quimmco"), that were originally filed in 2014 in the District Court for the Northern District of Illinois regarding Sisamex’s rights to manufacture certain products and the components thereof for sale in Mexico.  The parties entered into a confidential settlement agreement and release pursuant to which the parties agreed to dismiss, with prejudice, all of the legal proceedings between them, and the company agreed to pay Quimmco a settlement of $10 million, which the company paid in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.

In addition, various lawsuits, claims and proceedings, other than those specifically disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, have been or may be instituted or asserted against the company, relating to the conduct of the company’s business, including those pertaining to product liability, warranty or recall claims, intellectual property, safety and health, contract and employment matters. Although the outcome of other litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and some lawsuits, claims or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to the company, management believes the disposition of matters that are pending will not have a material effect on the company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

25. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The company defines its operating segments as components of its business where separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") is the Chief Executive Officer.
On March 12, 2018, the company announced a realignment of operations to further drive long-term strategic objectives while also assigning new responsibilities as part of its commitment to leadership development. As part of this realignment, reportable segments changed. As of the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company's reportable segments are (1) Commercial Truck & Trailer and (2) Aftermarket & Industrial. Prior year reportable segment financial results have been recast for these changes.
      The company has two reportable segments at September 30, 2018, as follows:
The Commercial Truck & Trailer segment supplies drivetrain systems and components, including axles, drivelines and braking and suspension systems, primarily for medium- and heavy-duty trucks and other applications in North America, South America, Europe and Asia Pacific. It also supplies a variety of undercarriage products and systems for trailer applications in North America. This segment also includes the company's aftermarket businesses in Asia Pacific and South America.
The Aftermarket & Industrial segment supplies axles, brakes, drivelines, suspension parts and other replacement parts to commercial vehicle and industrial aftermarket customers, primarily in North America and Europe. In addition, this segment supplies drivetrain systems and certain components, including axles, drivelines, brakes and suspension systems for military, construction, bus and coach, fire and emergency and other applications in North America and Europe.

     Segment adjusted EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-controlling interests in consolidated joint ventures, loss on sale of receivables, restructuring expense, asset impairment charges and other special items as determined by management. Segment adjusted EBITDA excludes unallocated legacy and corporate income (expense), net. The company uses segment adjusted EBITDA as the primary basis for the CODM to evaluate the performance of each of its reportable segments.
     The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements, except for the use of segment adjusted EBITDA. The company may allocate certain common costs, primarily corporate functions, between the segments differently than the company would for stand alone financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. These allocated costs include expenses for shared services such as information technology, finance, communications, legal and human resources. The company does not allocate interest expense and certain legacy and other corporate costs not directly associated with the segment.


130



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Segment information is summarized as follows (in millions):
 
 
Commercial
Truck & Trailer
 
Aftermarket &
Industrial
 
Elims
 
Total
Fiscal year 2018 Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External Sales
$
3,171

 
$
1,007

 
$

 
$
4,178

Intersegment Sales
154

 
17

 
(171
)
 

Total Sales
$
3,325

 
$
1,024

 
$
(171
)
 
$
4,178

Fiscal year 2017 Sales (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External Sales
$
2,467

 
$
880

 
$

 
$
3,347

Intersegment Sales
139

 
20

 
(159
)
 

Total Sales
$
2,606

 
$
900

 
$
(159
)
 
$
3,347

Fiscal year 2016 Sales (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External Sales
$
2,332

 
$
867

 
$

 
$
3,199

Intersegment Sales
133

 
19

 
(152
)
 

Total Sales
$
2,465

 
$
886

 
$
(152
)
 
$
3,199

(1) 
Fiscal year 2017 and 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.

Segment adjusted EBITDA:
2018
 
2017 (2)
 
2016 (2)
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
345

 
$
234

 
$
207

Aftermarket & Industrial
142

 
116

 
116

Segment adjusted EBITDA
487

 
350

 
323

       Unallocated legacy and corporate income (expense), net (1)
(13
)
 
(3
)
 
4

Interest expense, net
(67
)
 
(119
)
 
(84
)
Gain on sale of equity investment

 
243

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
(149
)
 
(52
)
 
424

Depreciation and amortization
(84
)
 
(75
)
 
(67
)
Loss on sale of receivables
(5
)
 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Restructuring costs
(6
)
 
(6
)
 
(16
)
Asbestos related items (3)
(25
)
 

 

Pension settlement loss (4)
(6
)
 

 

Asset impairment charges
(3
)
 
(4
)
 

Noncontrolling interests
(9
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
Income from continuing operations attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
120

 
$
325

 
$
577

(1) 
Unallocated legacy and corporate income (expense), net represents items that are not directly related to the company's business segments. These items primarily include asbestos-related charges and settlements, pension and retiree medical costs associated with sold businesses, and other legacy costs for environmental and product liability.
(2) 
Fiscal year 2017 and 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
(3) 
The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $25 million related to the change in estimate resulting from change in estimated forecast horizon and an asbestos insurance settlement.
(4) 
The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $6 million related to the U.K. pension settlement loss.


131



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Depreciation and Amortization:
2018
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
72

 
$
66

 
$
59

Aftermarket & Industrial
12

 
9

 
8

Total depreciation and amortization
$
84

 
$
75

 
$
67

Capital Expenditures:
2018
 
2017 (1)
 
2016 (1)
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
88

 
$
84

 
$
82

Aftermarket & Industrial
16

 
11

 
11

Total capital expenditures
$
104

 
$
95

 
$
93

Segment Assets:
2018
 
2017 (2)
 
 
Commercial Truck & Trailer
$
1,858

 
$
1,708

 
 
Aftermarket & Industrial
495

 
466

 
 
Total segment assets
2,353

 
2,174

 
 
       Corporate (3)
633

 
869

 
 
Less: Accounts receivable sold under off-balance sheet factoring programs (4)
(260
)
 
(261
)
 
 
Total assets
$
2,726

 
$
2,782

 
 

(1) 
Fiscal year 2017 and 2016 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes.
(2) 
Amounts as of September 30, 2017 have been recast to reflect reportable segment changes, including the reallocation of goodwill.
(3) 
Corporate assets consist primarily of cash, deferred income taxes and prepaid pension costs.
(4) 
At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, segments assets include $260 million and $261 million, respectively, of accounts receivable sold under off-balance sheet accounts receivable factoring programs (see Note 8). These sold receivables are included in segment assets as the CODM reviews segment assets inclusive of these balances.
 
Sales by geographic area are based on the location of the selling unit. Information on the company’s geographic areas is summarized as follows (in millions): 
Sales by Geographic Area:
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
U.S.
$
2,289

 
$
1,761

 
$
1,617

Canada
72

 
69

 
67

Mexico
221

 
234

 
390

Total North America
2,582

 
2,064

 
2,074

Sweden
311

 
273

 
250

Italy
243

 
210

 
201

United Kingdom
179

 
149

 
136

Other Europe
103

 
83

 
86

Total Europe
836

 
715

 
673

Brazil
224

 
168

 
130

China
196

 
127

 
84

India
231

 
184

 
152

Other Asia-Pacific
109

 
89

 
86

Total sales
$
4,178

 
$
3,347

 
$
3,199


132



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


Assets by Geographic Area:
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
U.S.
$
1,350

 
$
1,489

Canada
36

 
29

Mexico
224

 
204

Total North America
1,610

 
1,722

Sweden
138

 
123

Italy
86

 
70

United Kingdom
263

 
241

Other Europe
171

 
184

Total Europe
658

 
618

Brazil
161

 
164

China
123

 
127

India
100

 
84

Other Asia-Pacific
74

 
67

Total
$
2,726

 
$
2,782


Sales to AB Volvo represented approximately 23 percent, 22 percent and 23 percent of the company’s sales in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Sales to Daimler AG represented approximately 17 percent, 17 percent and 18 percent of the company’s sales in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Sales to PACCAR represented approximately 12 percent, 10 percent and 9 percent of the company's sales in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No other customer comprised 10 percent or more of the company’s total sales in any of the three fiscal years ended September 30, 2018.

133



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



26. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
The following is a condensed summary of the company’s unaudited quarterly results of continuing operations for fiscal years 2018 and 2017. Per share amounts are based on the weighted average shares outstanding for that quarter. Earnings per share for the year may not equal the sum of the four fiscal quarters’ earnings per share due to changes in basic and diluted shares outstanding.
 
 
2018 Fiscal Quarters (Unaudited)
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
 
2018
 
(In millions, except share related data)
Sales
$
903

 
$
1,066

 
$
1,129

 
$
1,080

 
$
4,178

Cost of sales
(763
)
 
(888
)
 
(952
)
 
(921
)
 
(3,524
)
Gross margin
140

 
178

 
177

 
159

 
654

Provision for income taxes
(83
)
 
(22
)
 
(26
)
 
(18
)
 
(149
)
Net income (loss)
(34
)
 
60

 
67

 
33

 
126

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Meritor, Inc.
(35
)
 
57

 
66

 
32

 
120

Net income (loss) attributable to Meritor, Inc.
(36
)
 
57

 
64

 
32

 
117

Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
$
(0.40
)
 
$
0.64

 
$
0.76

 
$
0.37

 
$
1.37

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
$
(0.40
)
 
$
0.63

 
$
0.73

 
$
0.36

 
$
1.31


The company recognized restructuring costs in its continuing operations during fiscal year 2018 as follows: $2 million in the first quarter, $1 million in the second quarter, $3 million in the third quarter and no restructuring costs in the fourth quarter (see Note 6). During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company recognized a $6 million loss associated with the UK pension settlement loss. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company recognized $25 million net expense, related to the change in estimate resulting from change in estimated forecast horizon and an asbestos insurance settlement. The year ended September 30, 2018 includes $57 million of non-cash tax expense related to the revaluation of the company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the U.S. tax reform, $26 million of non-cash tax expense related to the one-time deemed repatriation of accumulated foreign earnings and $6 million of non-cash tax expense related to other adjustments. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018, the company recognized a $9 million reversal of a Brazil valuation allowance, partially offset by a $2 million increase in valuation allowances for certain U.S. state jurisdictions.

 
2017 Fiscal Quarters (Unaudited)
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
 
2017
 
(In millions, except share related data)
Sales
$
699

 
$
806

 
$
920

 
$
922

 
$
3,347

Cost of sales
(610
)
 
(685
)
 
(778
)
 
(790
)
 
(2,863
)
Gross margin
89

 
121

 
142

 
132

 
484

Provision for income taxes
(6
)
 
(13
)
 
(11
)
 
(22
)
 
(52
)
Net income
16

 
23

 
51

 
238

 
328

Net income from continuing operations attributable to Meritor, Inc.
15

 
22

 
49

 
239

 
325

Net income attributable to Meritor, Inc.
15

 
22

 
48

 
239

 
324

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
$
0.17

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.55

 
$
2.70

 
$
3.69

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
$
0.17

 
$
0.24

 
$
0.52

 
$
2.63

 
$
3.60


The company recognized restructuring costs in its continuing operations during fiscal year 2017 as follows: an insignificant amount in the first quarter, $4 million in the second quarter, an insignificant amount in the third quarter and $2 million in the fourth quarter (see Note 6). During the third quarter of fiscal year 2017, the company resolved all claims with Sisamex and entered into

134



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


a confidential settlement agreement in which the company paid $10 million to Quimmco (see Note 24). During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, the company entered into an agreement to sell its interest in Meritor WABCO to a subsidiary of its joint venture partner, WABCO Holdings Inc. The total purchase price for the sale was $250 million, and the company also received an $8 million partnership distribution immediately prior to the transaction closing on October 1, 2017. The company recognized a $243 million pre-tax ($154 million, after-tax) gain associated with this sale. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, the company recognized a $52 million income tax benefit related to the partial reversal of the U.S. valuation allowance and a $15 million income tax benefit related to capital losses associated with the sale of an equity investment. Also in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, the company recognized a $36 million loss on debt extinguishment ($22 million, after-tax).


27. OPERATING CASH FLOWS AND OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
Year Ended September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
(in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
126

 
$
328

 
$
575

Less: Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
Income from continuing operations
129

 
329

 
579

Adjustments to income from continuing operations to arrive at cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
84

 
75

 
67

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
74

 
38

 
(415
)
Restructuring costs
6

 
6

 
16

Loss on debt extinguishment
8

 
36

 

Goodwill and asset impairment
3

 
4

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates
(27
)
 
(48
)
 
(36
)
Stock compensation expense
20

 
19

 
9

Provision for doubtful accounts
(1
)
 
1

 
2

Pension and retiree medical expense (benefit)
(31
)
 
11

 
20

Pension settlement loss
6

 

 

Gain on sale of equity method investment

 
(243
)
 

Gain on sale of property

 

 
(2
)
Dividends received from equity method investments
17

 
44

 
37

Pension and retiree medical contributions
(21
)
 
(38
)
 
(42
)
Restructuring payments
(8
)
 
(15
)
 
(11
)
Changes in off-balance sheet receivable securitization and factoring programs
11

 
26

 
(31
)
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions, divestitures, foreign currency adjustments and discontinued operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
(98
)
 
(160
)
 
89

Inventories
(112
)
 
(43
)
 
28

Accounts payable
97

 
133

 
(89
)
Other current assets and liabilities
36

 
16

 
(18
)
Other assets and liabilities
59

 
(12
)
 
6

Operating cash flows provided by continuing operations
252

 
179

 
209

Operating cash flows used for discontinued operations
(1
)
 
(3
)
 
(5
)
CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
$
251

 
$
176

 
$
204


135



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


 
 
September 30,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
(In millions)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
4

 
$
5

 
$
6

Statement of operations data:
 
 
 
 
 
Maintenance and repairs expense
52

 
46

 
45

Research, development and engineering expense
73

 
69

 
68

Depreciation expense
74

 
67

 
61

Rental expense
18

 
14

 
15

Interest income
3

 
3

 
3

Interest expense
(70
)
 
(122
)
 
(87
)
Statement of cash flows data:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest payments, net of receipts
49

 
75

 
71

Income tax payments, net of refunds
33

 
22

 
24

Non-cash investing activities - capital asset additions from capital leases
4

 

 


28. SUPPLEMENTAL PARENT AND GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Article 3-10 of Regulation S-X (S-X Rule 3-10) requires that separate financial information for issuers and guarantors of registered securities be filed in certain circumstances. Certain of the company's 100% owned subsidiaries, as defined in the credit agreement (the "Guarantors") irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee amounts outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility on a joint and several basis. Similar subsidiary guarantees were provided for the benefit of the holders of the publicly-held notes outstanding under the company's indentures (see Note 17).

Schedule I of Article 5-04 of Regulation S-X (S-X Rule 5-04) requires that condensed financial information of the registrant ("Parent") be filed when the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. As of September 30, 2018, net assets of certain subsidiaries in China and India and certain unconsolidated subsidiaries that are restricted by law from transfer by cash dividends, loans or advances to Meritor, Inc did not exceed 25 percent of the consolidated net assets of Meritor, Inc. As of September 30, 2018 the amount of the net assets restricted from transfer by law was $39 million.

In lieu of providing separate audited financial statements for the Parent and Guarantors, the company has included the accompanying condensed consolidating financial statements as permitted by S-X Rules 3-10 and 5-04. These condensed consolidating financial statements are presented on the equity method. Under this method, the investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost and adjusted for the parent's share of the subsidiary's cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distribution and other equity changes. The Guarantor subsidiaries are combined in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

136



 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External
$

 
$
2,290

 
$
1,888

 
$

 
$
4,178

Subsidiaries

 
143

 
219

 
(362
)
 

Total sales

 
2,433

 
2,107

 
(362
)
 
4,178

Cost of sales
(57
)
 
(2,037
)
 
(1,792
)
 
362

 
(3,524
)
GROSS MARGIN
(57
)
 
396

 
315

 

 
654

Selling, general and administrative
(89
)
 
(104
)
 
(124
)
 

 
(317
)
Restructuring costs
(1
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 

 
(6
)
Other operating expense, net
(14
)
 
(1
)
 
1

 

 
(14
)
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
(161
)
 
288

 
190

 

 
317

       Other income (expense), net
58

 
17

 
(74
)
 

 
1

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 
19

 
8

 

 
27

Interest income (expense), net
(118
)
 
29

 
22

 

 
(67
)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
(221
)
 
353

 
146

 

 
278

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
(2
)
 
(81
)
 
(66
)
 

 
(149
)
Equity income from continuing operations of subsidiaries
343

 
88

 

 
(431
)
 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
120

 
360

 
80

 
(431
)
 
129

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
2

 
(3
)
NET INCOME
117

 
359

 
79

 
(429
)
 
126

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(9
)
 

 
(9
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MERITOR, INC.
$
117

 
$
359

 
$
70

 
$
(429
)
 
$
117


137


 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
Net income
$
117

 
$
359

 
$
79

 
$
(429
)
 
$
126

Other comprehensive income
(21
)
 
(42
)
 
(41
)
 
81

 
(23
)
Total comprehensive income
96

 
317

 
38

 
(348
)
 
103

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
noncontrolling interests

 

 
(7
)
 

 
(7
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
96

 
$
317

 
$
31

 
$
(348
)
 
$
96


138


 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External
$

 
$
1,762

 
$
1,585

 
$

 
$
3,347

Subsidiaries

 
123

 
149

 
(272
)
 

Total sales

 
1,885

 
1,734

 
(272
)
 
3,347

Cost of sales
(62
)
 
(1,583
)
 
(1,490
)
 
272

 
(2,863
)
GROSS MARGIN
(62
)
 
302

 
244

 

 
484

Selling, general and administrative
(82
)
 
(100
)
 
(82
)
 

 
(264
)
Restructuring costs
2

 
(2
)
 
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
Other operating expense, net
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(3
)
 

 
(7
)
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
(145
)
 
199

 
153

 

 
207

Other income (expense), net
39

 
(11
)
 
(26
)
 

 
2

Gain on sale of equity investment

 
243

 

 

 
243

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 
42

 
6

 

 
48

Interest income (expense), net
(168
)
 
35

 
14

 

 
(119
)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
(274
)
 
508

 
147

 

 
381

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
96

 
(126
)
 
(22
)
 

 
(52
)
Equity income from continuing operations of subsidiaries
503

 
114

 

 
(617
)
 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
325

 
496

 
125

 
(617
)
 
329

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
2

 
(1
)
NET INCOME
324

 
495

 
124

 
(615
)
 
328

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MERITOR, INC.
$
324

 
$
495

 
$
120

 
$
(615
)
 
$
324





139


 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
Net income
$
324

 
$
495

 
$
124

 
$
(615
)
 
$
328

Other comprehensive income
264

 
21

 
23

 
(44
)
 
264

Total comprehensive income
588

 
516

 
147

 
(659
)
 
592

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
noncontrolling interests

 

 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
588

 
$
516

 
$
143

 
$
(659
)
 
$
588

 




140


 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 (1)
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
External
$

 
$
1,616

 
$
1,583

 
$

 
$
3,199

Subsidiaries

 
112

 
61

 
(173
)
 

Total sales

 
1,728

 
1,644

 
(173
)
 
3,199

Cost of sales
(57
)
 
(1,439
)
 
(1,440
)
 
173

 
(2,763
)
GROSS MARGIN
(57
)
 
289

 
204

 

 
436

Selling, general and administrative
(64
)
 
(79
)
 
(70
)
 

 
(213
)
Restructuring costs
(7
)
 
(4
)
 
(5
)
 

 
(16
)
Other operating expense, net
(3
)
 

 

 

 
(3
)
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
(131
)
 
206

 
129

 

 
204

Other income (expense), net
34

 
(35
)
 

 

 
(1
)
Equity in earnings of affiliates

 
32

 
4

 

 
36

Interest income (expense), net
(117
)
 
26

 
7

 

 
(84
)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
(214
)
 
229

 
140

 

 
155

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
526

 
(102
)
 

 

 
424

Equity income from continuing operations of subsidiaries
265

 
120

 

 
(385
)
 

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
577

 
247

 
140

 
(385
)
 
579

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
(4
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
 
6

 
(4
)
NET INCOME
573

 
243

 
138

 
(379
)
 
575

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO MERITOR, INC.
$
573

 
$
243

 
$
136

 
$
(379
)
 
$
573


(1) Amounts have been recast. See Long-term Debt (Note 17).









141


 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 (1)
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
Net income
$
573

 
$
243

 
$
138

 
$
(379
)
 
$
575

Other comprehensive income (loss)
(43
)
 
11

 
(44
)
 
33

 
(43
)
Total comprehensive income
530

 
254

 
94

 
(346
)
 
532

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
noncontrolling interests

 

 
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Meritor, Inc.
$
530

 
$
254

 
$
92

 
$
(346
)
 
$
530


(1) Amounts have been recast. See Long-term Debt (Note 17).


142


 MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2018
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
24

 
$
6

 
$
85

 
$

 
$
115

Receivables, trade and other, net
2

 
62

 
524

 

 
588

Inventories

 
242

 
235

 

 
477

Other current assets
6

 
12

 
28

 

 
46

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
32

 
322

 
872

 

 
1,226

NET PROPERTY (1)
24

 
241

 
218

 

 
483

GOODWILL

 
250

 
171

 

 
421

OTHER ASSETS
179

 
182

 
235

 

 
596

INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
3,583

 
855

 

 
(4,438
)
 

TOTAL ASSETS
$
3,818

 
$
1,850

 
$
1,496

 
$
(4,438
)
 
$
2,726

CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term debt
$
47

 
$

 
$
47

 
$

 
$
94

Accounts and notes payable
64

 
297

 
339

 

 
700

Other current liabilities
77

 
71

 
142

 

 
290

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
188

 
368

 
528

 

 
1,084

LONG-TERM DEBT
726

 

 
4

 

 
730

RETIREMENT BENEFITS
241

 

 
21

 

 
262

INTERCOMPANY PAYABLE (RECEIVABLE)
2,325

 
(2,640
)
 
315

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES
50

 
124

 
158

 

 
332

MEZZANINE EQUITY
1

 

 

 

 
1

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO
       MERITOR, INC.
287

 
3,998

 
440

 
(4,438
)
 
287

NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

 

 
30

 

 
30

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND EQUITY
$
3,818

 
$
1,850

 
$
1,496

 
$
(4,438
)
 
$
2,726

(1) As of September 30, 2018, Assets and Liabilities held for sale consisted of $2 million Net property. $1 million of the assets and liabilities held for sale are included in the Parent column and $1 million of the assets and liabilities held for sale are included in the Guarantor column.
 

143


MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2017
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (1)
$
10

 
$
3

 
$
75

 
$

 
$
88

Receivables, trade and other, net (1)

 
296

 
493

 

 
789

Inventories (1)

 
184

 
194

 

 
378

Other current assets
5

 
6

 
32

 

 
43

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
15

 
489

 
794

 

 
1,298

NET PROPERTY (1)
21

 
227

 
226

 

 
474

GOODWILL (1)

 
237

 
177

 

 
414

OTHER ASSETS
271

 
106

 
219

 

 
596

INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
3,222

 
787

 

 
(4,009
)
 

TOTAL ASSETS
$
3,529

 
$
1,846

 
$
1,416

 
$
(4,009
)
 
$
2,782

CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term debt
$
195

 
$
2

 
$
91

 
$

 
$
288

Accounts and notes payable (1)
55

 
246

 
321

 

 
622

Other current liabilities
69

 
69

 
134

 

 
272

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
319

 
317

 
546

 

 
1,182

LONG-TERM DEBT
743

 

 
7

 

 
750

RETIREMENT BENEFITS
291

 

 
23

 

 
314

INTERCOMPANY PAYABLE (RECEIVABLE)
1,866

 
(2,160
)
 
294

 

 

OTHER LIABILITIES
40

 
93

 
106

 

 
239

MEZZANINE EQUITY
2

 

 

 

 
2

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO MERITOR, INC.
268

 
3,596

 
413

 
(4,009
)
 
268

NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS (1)

 

 
27

 

 
27

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND EQUITY
$
3,529

 
$
1,846

 
$
1,416

 
$
(4,009
)
 
$
2,782

(1) As of September 30, 2017, Assets and Liabilities held for sale were: (i) $1 million Cash and cash equivalents; (ii) $13 million Receivables, trade and other, net; (iii) $2 million Inventories; (iv) $3 million Net property; (v) $1 million Goodwill; (vi) $1 million Other assets; (vii) $12 million Accounts and notes payable; and (viiii) $2 million Noncontrolling interests. These assets and liabilities held for sale are included in the Non-Guarantors column, other than $1 million of Net property that is included in the Guarantor column.


144


MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
$
59

 
$
55

 
$
137

 
$

 
$
251

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Capital expenditures
(10
)
 
(49
)
 
(45
)
 

 
(104
)
Cash paid for the acquisition of AA Gear & Manufacturing Inc.
(35
)
 

 

 

 
(35
)
Cash paid for investment in Transportation Power, Inc.
(6
)
 

 

 

 
(6
)
Proceeds from sale of a business
4

 

 

 

 
4

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

 
2

 

 
2

Proceeds from prior year sale of equity method investment
250

 

 

 

 
250

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
203

 
(49
)
 
(43
)
 

 
111

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Borrowings and securitization

 

 
(43
)
 

 
(43
)
Redemption of notes
(181
)
 

 

 

 
(181
)
Intercompany advances
35

 

 
(35
)
 

 

Repurchase of common stock
(100
)
 

 

 

 
(100
)
Other financing activities
(2
)
 
(3
)
 

 

 
(5
)
CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(248
)
 
(3
)
 
(78
)
 

 
(329
)
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
14

 
3

 
10

 

 
27

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
10

 
3

 
75

 

 
88

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
$
24

 
$
6

 
$
85

 
$

 
$
115


145


MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
$
33

 
$
85

 
$
58

 
$

 
$
176

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Capital expenditures
(9
)
 
(51
)
 
(35
)
 

 
(95
)
Cash paid for the acquisition of Fabco

 
(32
)
 
(2
)
 

 
(34
)
Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations

 
2

 

 

 
2

CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES
(9
)
 
(81
)
 
(37
)
 

 
(127
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Borrowings and securitization

 

 
89

 

 
89

Proceeds from debt issuance
325

 

 

 

 
325

Redemption of notes
(103
)
 

 

 

 
(103
)
Repayment of notes and term loan
(408
)
 

 

 

 
(408
)
Other financing activities
(1
)
 
(3
)
 
(9
)
 

 
(13
)
Debt issuance costs
(12
)
 

 

 

 
(12
)
Intercompany advances
95

 

 
(95
)
 

 

CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(104
)
 
(3
)
 
(15
)
 

 
(122
)
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 
1

 

 
1

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(80
)
 
1

 
7

 

 
(72
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
90

 
2

 
68

 

 
160

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
$
10

 
$
3

 
$
75

 
$

 
$
88



 

146


MERITOR, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2016 (1)
 
Parent
 
Guarantors
 
Non-
Guarantors
 
Elims
 
Consolidated
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
$
196

 
$
39

 
$
(31
)
 
$

 
$
204

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(19
)
 
(43
)
 
(31
)
 

 
(93
)
Other investing activities

 
4

 
(1
)
 

 
3

Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations

 
1

 
3

 

 
4

CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES
(19
)
 
(38
)
 
(29
)
 

 
(86
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of notes and term loan
(55
)
 

 

 

 
(55
)
Other financing cash flows
(1
)
 
(4
)
 
(11
)
 

 
(16
)
Repurchase of common stock
(81
)
 

 

 

 
(81
)
Intercompany advances
(23
)
 

 
23

 

 

CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
(160
)
 
(4
)
 
12

 

 
(152
)
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 
1

 

 
1

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
17

 
(3
)
 
(47
)
 

 
(33
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
73

 
5

 
115

 

 
193

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
$
90

 
$
2

 
$
68

 
$

 
$
160

 
(1) Amounts have been recast. See Long-term Debt (Note 17).

 
Basis of Presentation

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, Parent-only obligations included $248 million and $303 million, respectively, of pension and retiree medical benefits (see Notes 21 and 22). All debt is debt of the Parent other than $51 million and $100 million at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, (see Note 17) and is primarily related to capital lease obligations and lines of credit. Cash dividends paid to the parent by subsidiaries and investments accounted for by the equity method were $29 million, $1 million, $25 million for 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

147



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As required by Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d - 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), management, with the participation of the chief executive officer (CEO) and chief financial officer (CFO), evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2018. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 
Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the company, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018. This evaluation was based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on management’s assessment and the criteria set forth by COSO, we assessed that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2018.
The independent registered public accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP, as auditors of the consolidated balance sheets of Meritor as of September 30, 2018 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and equity (deficit) for the year ended September 30, 2018, has issued an attestation report on Meritor’s internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter, and there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


148



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Meritor, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Meritor, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 30, 2018, of the Company and our report dated November 15, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

  /s/
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Detroit, Michigan
November 15, 2018



149



 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)



Item 9B. Other Information.
 
None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
The information required by Item 10 regarding directors is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption Election of Directors – Information as to Nominees for Director and Continuing Directors in Meritor’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting (the "2019 Proxy Statement"), which is expected to be filed within 120 days after Meritor’s fiscal year end. The information required by Item 10 regarding executive officers is set forth in Item 4A of Part I of this Form 10-K. The other information required by Item 10, including regarding the audit committee, audit committee financial expert disclosure and our code of ethics, is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions Code of Ethics, Board of Directors and Committees and Director Qualifications and Nominating Procedures in the 2019 Proxy Statement. Disclosure of delinquent Section 16 filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2019 Proxy Statement.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.
 
See the information under the captions Director Compensation in Fiscal Year 2018 and Executive Compensation in the 2019 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
 
See the information under the captions Voting Securities and Ownership by Management of Equity Securities in the 2019 Proxy Statement.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The number of stock options outstanding under our equity compensation plans, the weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, and the number of securities remaining available for issuance, as of September 30, 2018, were as follows:
 
Plan Category
 
(column a)
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and rights
1
 
(column b)
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
(column c)
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in column a)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 

 
$

 
4,305,575

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 

 

Total
 

 
$

 
4,305,575

____________________
1 
In addition to stock options, shares of common stock, restricted shares of common stock, restricted share units and performance share units, all of which do not have an exercise price, have been awarded under the Company’s equity compensation plans and were outstanding at September 30, 2018. The number of weighted average shares in column (a) and the weighted average exercise price reported in column (b) does not take these awards into account.
All of the equity compensation plans under which grants are outstanding as shown above were approved by Meritor shareholders.

150



The following number of shares remained available for issuance under our equity compensation plans at September 30, 2018. Grants may be in the form of any of the listed type of awards.
 
Plan
Number of shares
Type of award
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan*
4,305,575
Stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards and other stock-based awards
____________________
*
The 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders on January 28, 2010. At that time, the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the 2004 Directors Stock Plan were terminated. No further awards will be made under those plans, and no stock awards will be made under the Incentive Compensation Plan. On January 20, 2011, January 23, 2014 and January 26, 2017, the Company’s shareholders approved amendments to the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan to increase the maximum number of shares that may be granted under the plan. Earlier equity compensation plans were terminated on January 26, 2007, in connection with the approval of the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan by the Company’s shareholders.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 
See the information under the captions Board of Directors and Committees and Certain Relationships and Related Transactions in the 2019 Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
  
See the information under the caption Independent Accountants’ Fees in the 2019 Proxy Statement.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits.
 
(1) Financial Statements (all financial statements listed below are those of the company and its consolidated subsidiaries):
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations, years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet, September 30, 2018 and 2017.
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
 
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit), years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedule for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 
Schedules not filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information called for is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.


151



(3) Exhibits
 
 
 
3-a
 
 
 
 
3-b
 
 
 
 
4-a
 
 
 
 
4-a-1
 
 
 
 
4-a-2
 
 
 
 
4-a-3
 
 
 
 
4-a-4
 
 
 
 
4-b
 
 
 
 

152




4-c
 
 
 
 
4-d
 
 
 
 
10-a-1
 
 
 
 
10-a-2
 
 
 
 
10-a-3
 
 
 
 
10-a-4
 
*10-b
 
 
 
 
*10-b-1
 
 
 
  
*10-b-2
 
 
 
 
*10-c
 
 
 
 
*10-c-1
 
 
 
 
*10-c-2
 
 
 
 
*10-c-3
 
 
 
 

153



*10-c-4
 
 
 
 
*10-c-5
 
 
 
 
*10-d
 
 
 
 
*10-e
 
 
 
 
*10-f
 
 
 
 
*10-g
 
 
 
 
*10-g-1
 
 
 
 
*10-g-2
 
 
 
 
10-h
 
 
 
 
10-i
 
 
 
 
10-j
 
 
 
 
10-j-1
 
 
 
 
10-j-2
 
 
 
 

154



10-k
 
10-k-1
 
 
 
 
10-l
 
 
 
 
10-l-1
 
 
 
 
10-l-2
 
 
 
 
10-l-3
 
 
 
 
10-l-4
 
 
 
 
10-l-5
 
 
 
 
10-l-6
 
 
 
 
10-l-7
 
 
 
 
10-l-8
 
 
 
 

155



10-l-9**
 
 
 
 
10-m
 
 
 
 
10-m-1
 
 
 
 
10-n
 
 
 
 
*10-o
 
 
 
 
*10-p
 
 
 
 
*10-q
 
 
 
 
*10-r
 
 
 
 
*10-s
 
 
 
 
*10-t
 
 
 
 
21**
 
 
 
  
23-a**
 
 
 
    
23-b**
 
 
 
     
24**
 
 
 
 
31-a**
 
 
 
  
31-b**
 
 
 
  

156



32-a**
 
 
 
    
32-b**
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE
 
 
 
101.CAL 
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE
 
 
 
101.DEF 
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE
____________________
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** Filed herewith.


157



SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
MERITOR, INC.
 
 
 
 
By: 
/s/ April Miller Boise
 
 
April Miller Boise
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Date: November 16, 2018
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on the 16th day of November, 2018 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
William R. Newlin*
Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
 
Jan A. Bertsch, Rodger L. Boehm,
 
Rhonda L. Brooks, Ivor J. Evans, William J. Lyons,
Directors
Thomas L. Pajonas, Lloyd G. Trotter*
 
 
 
Jay A. Craig*
Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
 
 
Kevin A. Nowlan*
Senior Vice President and President, Trailer, Components and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
Paul D. Bialy*
Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

* By: 
/s/ April Miller Boise
 
April Miller Boise
 
Attorney-in-fact **

** By authority of powers of attorney filed herewith.


158